MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 16: read word by word, with audio

Juz 16 of 30 · begins with ۞ قَالَ أَلَمْ أَقُل لَّكَ · 269 verses

It covers Surah Al-Kahf verses 75–110, Surah Maryam verses 1–98 and Surah Taha verses 1–135. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Kahf 75 · Maryam 1 · Taha 1

Surah Al-Kahf الكهف verses 75–110

Verse 75

۞ قَالَ أَلَمْ أَقُل لَّكَ إِنَّكَ لَن تَسْتَطِيعَ مَعِىَ صَبْرًا

Transliteration qāla alam aqul laka innaka lan tastaṭīʿa maʿiya ṣabran

English [Al-Khiḍr] said, "Did I not tell you that with me you would never be able to have patience?"

  1. ۞ قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَلَمْalamDid not
  3. أَقُلaqulI say
  4. لَّكَlakato you
  5. إِنَّكَinnakathat you
  6. لَنlannever
  7. تَسْتَطِيعَtastaṭīʿawill be able
  8. مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
  9. صَبْرًۭاṣabran(to have) patience

Verse 76

قَالَ إِن سَأَلْتُكَ عَن شَىْءٍۭ بَعْدَهَا فَلَا تُصَـٰحِبْنِى ۖ قَدْ بَلَغْتَ مِن لَّدُنِّى عُذْرًا

Transliteration qāla in sa-altuka ʿan shayin baʿdahā falā tuṣāḥib'nī qad balaghta min ladunnī ʿudh'ran

English [Moses] said, "If I should ask you about anything after this, then do not keep me as a companion. You have obtained from me an excuse."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنinIf
  3. سَأَلْتُكَsa-altukaI ask you
  4. عَنʿanabout
  5. شَىْءٍۭshayinanything
  6. بَعْدَهَاbaʿdahāafter it
  7. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  8. تُصَـٰحِبْنِى ۖtuṣāḥib'nīkeep me as a companion
  9. قَدْqadVerily
  10. بَلَغْتَbalaghtayou have reached
  11. مِنminfrom me
  12. لَّدُنِّىladunnīfrom me
  13. عُذْرًۭاʿudh'ranan excuse

Verse 77

فَٱنطَلَقَا حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَتَيَآ أَهْلَ قَرْيَةٍ ٱسْتَطْعَمَآ أَهْلَهَا فَأَبَوْا۟ أَن يُضَيِّفُوهُمَا فَوَجَدَا فِيهَا جِدَارًا يُرِيدُ أَن يَنقَضَّ فَأَقَامَهُۥ ۖ قَالَ لَوْ شِئْتَ لَتَّخَذْتَ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا

Transliteration fa-inṭalaqā ḥattā idhā atayā ahla qaryatin is'taṭʿamā ahlahā fa-abaw an yuḍayyifūhumā fawajadā fīhā jidāran yurīdu an yanqaḍḍa fa-aqāmahu qāla law shi'ta lattakhadhta ʿalayhi ajran

English So they set out, until when they came to the people of a town, they asked its people for food, but they refused to offer them hospitality. And they found therein a wall about to collapse, so he [i.e., al-Khiḍr] restored it. [Moses] said, "If you wished, you could have taken for it a payment."

  1. فَٱنطَلَقَاfa-inṭalaqāSo they set out
  2. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  3. إِذَآidhāwhen
  4. أَتَيَآatayāthey came
  5. أَهْلَahla(to the) people
  6. قَرْيَةٍqaryatin(of) a town
  7. ٱسْتَطْعَمَآis'taṭʿamāthey asked for food
  8. أَهْلَهَاahlahā(from) its people
  9. فَأَبَوْا۟fa-abawbut they refused
  10. أَنanto
  11. يُضَيِّفُوهُمَاyuḍayyifūhumāoffer them hospitality
  12. فَوَجَدَاfawajadāThen they found
  13. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  14. جِدَارًۭاjidārana wall
  15. يُرِيدُyurīdu(that) want(ed)
  16. أَنanto
  17. يَنقَضَّyanqaḍḍacollapse
  18. فَأَقَامَهُۥ ۖfa-aqāmahuso he set it straight
  19. قَالَqālaHe said
  20. لَوْlawIf
  21. شِئْتَshi'tayou wished
  22. لَتَّخَذْتَlattakhadhtasurely you (could) have taken
  23. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  24. أَجْرًۭاajrana payment

Verse 78

قَالَ هَـٰذَا فِرَاقُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنِكَ ۚ سَأُنَبِّئُكَ بِتَأْوِيلِ مَا لَمْ تَسْتَطِع عَّلَيْهِ صَبْرًا

Transliteration qāla hādhā firāqu baynī wabaynika sa-unabbi-uka bitawīli mā lam tastaṭiʿ ʿalayhi ṣabran

English [Al-Khiḍr] said, "This is parting between me and you. I will inform you of the interpretation of that about which you could not have patience.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  3. فِرَاقُfirāqu(is) parting
  4. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  5. وَبَيْنِكَ ۚwabaynikaand between you
  6. سَأُنَبِّئُكَsa-unabbi-ukaI will inform you
  7. بِتَأْوِيلِbitawīliof (the) interpretation
  8. مَاmā(of) what
  9. لَمْlamnot
  10. تَسْتَطِعtastaṭiʿyou were able
  11. عَّلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  12. صَبْرًاṣabran(to have) patience

Verse 79

أَمَّا ٱلسَّفِينَةُ فَكَانَتْ لِمَسَـٰكِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ فَأَرَدتُّ أَنْ أَعِيبَهَا وَكَانَ وَرَآءَهُم مَّلِكٌ يَأْخُذُ كُلَّ سَفِينَةٍ غَصْبًا

Transliteration ammā l-safīnatu fakānat limasākīna yaʿmalūna fī l-baḥri fa-aradttu an aʿībahā wakāna warāahum malikun yakhudhu kulla safīnatin ghaṣban

English As for the ship, it belonged to poor people working at sea. So I intended to cause defect in it as there was after them a king who seized every [good] ship by force.

  1. أَمَّاammāAs for
  2. ٱلسَّفِينَةُl-safīnatuthe ship
  3. فَكَانَتْfakānatit was
  4. لِمَسَـٰكِينَlimasākīnaof (the) poor people
  5. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnaworking
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  8. فَأَرَدتُّfa-aradttuSo I intended
  9. أَنْanthat
  10. أَعِيبَهَاaʿībahāI cause defect (in) it
  11. وَكَانَwakāna(as there) was
  12. وَرَآءَهُمwarāahumafter them
  13. مَّلِكٌۭmalikuna king
  14. يَأْخُذُyakhudhuwho seized
  15. كُلَّkullaevery
  16. سَفِينَةٍsafīnatinship
  17. غَصْبًۭاghaṣban(by) force

Verse 80

وَأَمَّا ٱلْغُلَـٰمُ فَكَانَ أَبَوَاهُ مُؤْمِنَيْنِ فَخَشِينَآ أَن يُرْهِقَهُمَا طُغْيَـٰنًا وَكُفْرًا

Transliteration wa-ammā l-ghulāmu fakāna abawāhu mu'minayni fakhashīnā an yur'hiqahumā ṭugh'yānan wakuf'ran

English And as for the boy, his parents were believers, and we feared that he would overburden them by transgression and disbelief.

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāAnd as for
  2. ٱلْغُلَـٰمُl-ghulāmuthe boy
  3. فَكَانَfakānahis parents were
  4. أَبَوَاهُabawāhuhis parents were
  5. مُؤْمِنَيْنِmu'minaynibelievers
  6. فَخَشِينَآfakhashīnāand we feared
  7. أَنanthat
  8. يُرْهِقَهُمَاyur'hiqahumāhe would overburden them
  9. طُغْيَـٰنًۭاṭugh'yānan(by) transgression
  10. وَكُفْرًۭاwakuf'ranand disbelief

Verse 81

فَأَرَدْنَآ أَن يُبْدِلَهُمَا رَبُّهُمَا خَيْرًا مِّنْهُ زَكَوٰةً وَأَقْرَبَ رُحْمًا

Transliteration fa-aradnā an yub'dilahumā rabbuhumā khayran min'hu zakatan wa-aqraba ruḥ'man

English So we intended that their Lord should substitute for them one better than him in purity and nearer to mercy.

  1. فَأَرَدْنَآfa-aradnāSo we intended
  2. أَنanthat
  3. يُبْدِلَهُمَاyub'dilahumāwould change for them
  4. رَبُّهُمَاrabbuhumātheir Lord
  5. خَيْرًۭاkhayrana better
  6. مِّنْهُmin'huthan him
  7. زَكَوٰةًۭzakatan(in) purity
  8. وَأَقْرَبَwa-aqrabaand nearer
  9. رُحْمًۭاruḥ'man(in) affection

Verse 82

وَأَمَّا ٱلْجِدَارُ فَكَانَ لِغُلَـٰمَيْنِ يَتِيمَيْنِ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ وَكَانَ تَحْتَهُۥ كَنزٌ لَّهُمَا وَكَانَ أَبُوهُمَا صَـٰلِحًا فَأَرَادَ رَبُّكَ أَن يَبْلُغَآ أَشُدَّهُمَا وَيَسْتَخْرِجَا كَنزَهُمَا رَحْمَةً مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۚ وَمَا فَعَلْتُهُۥ عَنْ أَمْرِى ۚ ذَٰلِكَ تَأْوِيلُ مَا لَمْ تَسْطِع عَّلَيْهِ صَبْرًا

Transliteration wa-ammā l-jidāru fakāna lighulāmayni yatīmayni fī l-madīnati wakāna taḥtahu kanzun lahumā wakāna abūhumā ṣāliḥan fa-arāda rabbuka an yablughā ashuddahumā wayastakhrijā kanzahumā raḥmatan min rabbika wamā faʿaltuhu ʿan amrī dhālika tawīlu mā lam tasṭiʿ ʿalayhi ṣabran

English And as for the wall, it belonged to two orphan boys in the city, and there was beneath it a treasure for them, and their father had been righteous. So your Lord intended that they reach maturity and extract their treasure, as a mercy from your Lord. And I did it not of my own accord. That is the interpretation of that about which you could not have patience."

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāAnd as for
  2. ٱلْجِدَارُl-jidāruthe wall
  3. فَكَانَfakānait was
  4. لِغُلَـٰمَيْنِlighulāmaynifor two orphan boys
  5. يَتِيمَيْنِyatīmaynifor two orphan boys
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe town
  8. وَكَانَwakānaand was
  9. تَحْتَهُۥtaḥtahuunderneath it
  10. كَنزٌۭkanzuna treasure
  11. لَّهُمَاlahumāfor them
  12. وَكَانَwakānaand was
  13. أَبُوهُمَاabūhumātheir father
  14. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous
  15. فَأَرَادَfa-arādaSo intended
  16. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  17. أَنanthat
  18. يَبْلُغَآyablughāthey reach
  19. أَشُدَّهُمَاashuddahumātheir maturity
  20. وَيَسْتَخْرِجَاwayastakhrijāand bring forth
  21. كَنزَهُمَاkanzahumātheir treasure
  22. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatan(as) a mercy
  23. مِّنminfrom
  24. رَّبِّكَ ۚrabbikayour Lord
  25. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  26. فَعَلْتُهُۥfaʿaltuhuI did it
  27. عَنْʿanon
  28. أَمْرِى ۚamrīmy (own) accord
  29. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  30. تَأْوِيلُtawīlu(is the) interpretation
  31. مَاmā(of) what
  32. لَمْlamnot
  33. تَسْطِعtasṭiʿyou were able
  34. عَّلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  35. صَبْرًۭاṣabran(to have) patience

Verse 83

وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَن ذِى ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِ ۖ قُلْ سَأَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْكُم مِّنْهُ ذِكْرًا

Transliteration wayasalūnaka ʿan dhī l-qarnayni qul sa-atlū ʿalaykum min'hu dhik'ran

English And they ask you, [O Muḥammad], about Dhul-Qarnayn. Say, "I will recite to you about him a report."

  1. وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَwayasalūnakaAnd they ask you
  2. عَنʿanabout
  3. ذِىdhīDhul-qarnain
  4. ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِ ۖl-qarnayniDhul-qarnain
  5. قُلْqulSay
  6. سَأَتْلُوا۟sa-atlūI will recite
  7. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumto you
  8. مِّنْهُmin'huabout him
  9. ذِكْرًاdhik'rana remembrance

Verse 84

إِنَّا مَكَّنَّا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ سَبَبًا

Transliteration innā makkannā lahu fī l-arḍi waātaynāhu min kulli shayin sababan

English Indeed, We established him upon the earth, and We gave him from everything a way [i.e., means].

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. مَكَّنَّاmakkannā[We] established
  3. لَهُۥlahu[for] him
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُwaātaynāhuand We gave him
  7. مِنminof
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  10. سَبَبًۭاsababana means

Verse 85

فَأَتْبَعَ سَبَبًا

Transliteration fa-atbaʿa sababan

English So he followed a way

  1. فَأَتْبَعَfa-atbaʿaSo he followed
  2. سَبَبًاsababana course

Verse 86

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغَ مَغْرِبَ ٱلشَّمْسِ وَجَدَهَا تَغْرُبُ فِى عَيْنٍ حَمِئَةٍ وَوَجَدَ عِندَهَا قَوْمًا ۗ قُلْنَا يَـٰذَا ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِ إِمَّآ أَن تُعَذِّبَ وَإِمَّآ أَن تَتَّخِذَ فِيهِمْ حُسْنًا

Transliteration ḥattā idhā balagha maghriba l-shamsi wajadahā taghrubu fī ʿaynin ḥami-atin wawajada ʿindahā qawman qul'nā yādhā l-qarnayni immā an tuʿadhiba wa-immā an tattakhidha fīhim ḥus'nan

English Until, when he reached the setting of the sun [i.e., the west], he found it [as if] setting in a body of dark water, and he found near it a people. We [i.e., Allāh] said, "O Dhul-Qarnayn, either you punish [them] or else adopt among them [a way of] goodness."

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. بَلَغَbalaghahe reached
  4. مَغْرِبَmaghriba(the) setting place
  5. ٱلشَّمْسِl-shamsi(of) the sun
  6. وَجَدَهَاwajadahāhe found it
  7. تَغْرُبُtaghrubusetting
  8. فِىfīin
  9. عَيْنٍʿaynina spring
  10. حَمِئَةٍۢḥami-atin(of) dark mud
  11. وَوَجَدَwawajadaand he found
  12. عِندَهَاʿindahānear it
  13. قَوْمًۭا ۗqawmana community
  14. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  15. يَـٰذَاyādhāO Dhul-qarnain
  16. ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِl-qarnayniO Dhul-qarnain
  17. إِمَّآimmāEither
  18. أَنan[that]
  19. تُعَذِّبَtuʿadhibayou punish
  20. وَإِمَّآwa-immāor
  21. أَنan[that]
  22. تَتَّخِذَtattakhidhayou take
  23. فِيهِمْfīhim[in] them
  24. حُسْنًۭاḥus'nan(with) goodness

Verse 87

قَالَ أَمَّا مَن ظَلَمَ فَسَوْفَ نُعَذِّبُهُۥ ثُمَّ يُرَدُّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ فَيُعَذِّبُهُۥ عَذَابًا نُّكْرًا

Transliteration qāla ammā man ẓalama fasawfa nuʿadhibuhu thumma yuraddu ilā rabbihi fayuʿadhibuhu ʿadhāban nuk'ran

English He said, "As for one who wrongs, we will punish him. Then he will be returned to his Lord, and He will punish him with a terrible punishment [i.e., Hellfire].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَمَّاammāAs for
  3. مَنman(one) who
  4. ظَلَمَẓalamawrongs
  5. فَسَوْفَfasawfathen soon
  6. نُعَذِّبُهُۥnuʿadhibuhuwe will punish him
  7. ثُمَّthummaThen
  8. يُرَدُّyuradduhe will be returned
  9. إِلَىٰilāto
  10. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  11. فَيُعَذِّبُهُۥfayuʿadhibuhuand He will punish him
  12. عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(with) a punishment
  13. نُّكْرًۭاnuk'ranterrible

Verse 88

وَأَمَّا مَنْ ءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ صَـٰلِحًا فَلَهُۥ جَزَآءً ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۖ وَسَنَقُولُ لَهُۥ مِنْ أَمْرِنَا يُسْرًا

Transliteration wa-ammā man āmana waʿamila ṣāliḥan falahu jazāan l-ḥus'nā wasanaqūlu lahu min amrinā yus'ran

English But as for one who believes and does righteousness, he will have a reward of the best [i.e., Paradise], and we [i.e., Dhul-Qarnayn] will speak to him from our command with ease."

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāBut as for
  2. مَنْman(one) who
  3. ءَامَنَāmanabelieves
  4. وَعَمِلَwaʿamilaand does
  5. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  6. فَلَهُۥfalahuthen for him
  7. جَزَآءًjazāan(is) a reward
  8. ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۖl-ḥus'nāgood
  9. وَسَنَقُولُwasanaqūluAnd we will speak
  10. لَهُۥlahuto him
  11. مِنْminfrom
  12. أَمْرِنَاamrināour command
  13. يُسْرًۭاyus'ran(with) ease

Verse 89

ثُمَّ أَتْبَعَ سَبَبًا

Transliteration thumma atbaʿa sababan

English Then he followed a way

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَتْبَعَatbaʿahe followed
  3. سَبَبًاsababan(a) course

Verse 90

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغَ مَطْلِعَ ٱلشَّمْسِ وَجَدَهَا تَطْلُعُ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍ لَّمْ نَجْعَل لَّهُم مِّن دُونِهَا سِتْرًا

Transliteration ḥattā idhā balagha maṭliʿa l-shamsi wajadahā taṭluʿu ʿalā qawmin lam najʿal lahum min dūnihā sit'ran

English Until, when he came to the rising of the sun [i.e., the east], he found it rising on a people for whom We had not made against it any shield.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. بَلَغَbalaghahe reached
  4. مَطْلِعَmaṭliʿa(the) rising place
  5. ٱلشَّمْسِl-shamsi(of) the sun
  6. وَجَدَهَاwajadahāand he found it
  7. تَطْلُعُtaṭluʿurising
  8. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  9. قَوْمٍۢqawmina community
  10. لَّمْlamnot
  11. نَجْعَلnajʿalWe made
  12. لَّهُمlahumfor them
  13. مِّنminagainst it
  14. دُونِهَاdūnihāagainst it
  15. سِتْرًۭاsit'ranany shelter

Verse 91

كَذَٰلِكَ وَقَدْ أَحَطْنَا بِمَا لَدَيْهِ خُبْرًا

Transliteration kadhālika waqad aḥaṭnā bimā ladayhi khub'ran

English Thus. And We had encompassed [all] that he had in knowledge.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. وَقَدْwaqadAnd verily
  3. أَحَطْنَاaḥaṭnāWe encompassed
  4. بِمَاbimāof what
  5. لَدَيْهِladayhi(was) with him
  6. خُبْرًۭاkhub'ran(of the) information

Verse 92

ثُمَّ أَتْبَعَ سَبَبًا

Transliteration thumma atbaʿa sababan

English Then he followed a way.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَتْبَعَatbaʿahe followed
  3. سَبَبًاsababana course

Verse 93

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغَ بَيْنَ ٱلسَّدَّيْنِ وَجَدَ مِن دُونِهِمَا قَوْمًا لَّا يَكَادُونَ يَفْقَهُونَ قَوْلًا

Transliteration ḥattā idhā balagha bayna l-sadayni wajada min dūnihimā qawman lā yakādūna yafqahūna qawlan

English Until, when he reached [a pass] between two mountains, he found beside them a people who could hardly understand [his] speech.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. بَلَغَbalaghahe reached
  4. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  5. ٱلسَّدَّيْنِl-sadaynithe two mountains
  6. وَجَدَwajadahe found
  7. مِنminbesides them
  8. دُونِهِمَاdūnihimābesides them
  9. قَوْمًۭاqawmana community
  10. لَّاlānot
  11. يَكَادُونَyakādūnawho would almost
  12. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūnaunderstand
  13. قَوْلًۭاqawlan(his) speech

Verse 94

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰذَا ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِ إِنَّ يَأْجُوجَ وَمَأْجُوجَ مُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَهَلْ نَجْعَلُ لَكَ خَرْجًا عَلَىٰٓ أَن تَجْعَلَ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ سَدًّا

Transliteration qālū yādhā l-qarnayni inna yajūja wamajūja muf'sidūna fī l-arḍi fahal najʿalu laka kharjan ʿalā an tajʿala baynanā wabaynahum saddan

English They said, "O Dhul-Qarnayn, indeed Gog and Magog are [great] corrupters in the land. So may we assign for you an expenditure that you might make between us and them a barrier?"

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰذَاyādhāO Dhul-qarnain
  3. ٱلْقَرْنَيْنِl-qarnayniO Dhul-qarnain
  4. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  5. يَأْجُوجَyajūjaYajuj
  6. وَمَأْجُوجَwamajūjaand Majuj
  7. مُفْسِدُونَmuf'sidūna(are) corrupters
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  10. فَهَلْfahalSo may
  11. نَجْعَلُnajʿaluwe make
  12. لَكَlakafor you
  13. خَرْجًاkharjanan expenditure
  14. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  15. أَنanthat
  16. تَجْعَلَtajʿalayou make
  17. بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
  18. وَبَيْنَهُمْwabaynahumand between them
  19. سَدًّۭاsaddana barrier

Verse 95

قَالَ مَا مَكَّنِّى فِيهِ رَبِّى خَيْرٌ فَأَعِينُونِى بِقُوَّةٍ أَجْعَلْ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُمْ رَدْمًا

Transliteration qāla mā makkannī fīhi rabbī khayrun fa-aʿīnūnī biquwwatin ajʿal baynakum wabaynahum radman

English He said, "That in which my Lord has established me is better [than what you offer], but assist me with strength [i.e., manpower]; I will make between you and them a dam.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. مَاmāWhat
  3. مَكَّنِّىmakkannīhas established me
  4. فِيهِfīhi[in it]
  5. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  6. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  7. فَأَعِينُونِىfa-aʿīnūnībut assist me
  8. بِقُوَّةٍbiquwwatinwith strength
  9. أَجْعَلْajʿalI will make
  10. بَيْنَكُمْbaynakumbetween you
  11. وَبَيْنَهُمْwabaynahumand between them
  12. رَدْمًاradmana barrier

Verse 96

ءَاتُونِى زُبَرَ ٱلْحَدِيدِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا سَاوَىٰ بَيْنَ ٱلصَّدَفَيْنِ قَالَ ٱنفُخُوا۟ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَعَلَهُۥ نَارًا قَالَ ءَاتُونِىٓ أُفْرِغْ عَلَيْهِ قِطْرًا

Transliteration ātūnī zubara l-ḥadīdi ḥattā idhā sāwā bayna l-ṣadafayni qāla unfukhū ḥattā idhā jaʿalahu nāran qāla ātūnī uf'righ ʿalayhi qiṭ'ran

English Bring me bars of iron" - until, when he had leveled [them] between the two mountain walls, he said, "Blow [with bellows]," until when he had made it [like] fire, he said, "Bring me, that I may pour over it molten copper."

  1. ءَاتُونِىātūnīBring me
  2. زُبَرَzubarasheets
  3. ٱلْحَدِيدِ ۖl-ḥadīdi(of) iron
  4. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  5. إِذَاidhāwhen
  6. سَاوَىٰsāwāhe (had) leveled
  7. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  8. ٱلصَّدَفَيْنِl-ṣadafaynithe two cliffs
  9. قَالَqālahe said
  10. ٱنفُخُوا۟ ۖunfukhūBlow
  11. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  12. إِذَاidhāwhen
  13. جَعَلَهُۥjaʿalahuhe made it
  14. نَارًۭاnāranfire
  15. قَالَqālahe said
  16. ءَاتُونِىٓātūnīBring me
  17. أُفْرِغْuf'righI pour
  18. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiover it
  19. قِطْرًۭاqiṭ'ranmolten copper

Verse 97

فَمَا ٱسْطَـٰعُوٓا۟ أَن يَظْهَرُوهُ وَمَا ٱسْتَطَـٰعُوا۟ لَهُۥ نَقْبًا

Transliteration famā is'ṭāʿū an yaẓharūhu wamā is'taṭāʿū lahu naqban

English So they [i.e., Gog and Magog] were unable to pass over it, nor were they able [to effect] in it any penetration.

  1. فَمَاfamāSo not
  2. ٱسْطَـٰعُوٓا۟is'ṭāʿūthey were able
  3. أَنanto
  4. يَظْهَرُوهُyaẓharūhuscale it
  5. وَمَاwamāand not
  6. ٱسْتَطَـٰعُوا۟is'taṭāʿūthey were able
  7. لَهُۥlahuin it
  8. نَقْبًۭاnaqban(to do) any penetration

Verse 98

قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَحْمَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّى ۖ فَإِذَا جَآءَ وَعْدُ رَبِّى جَعَلَهُۥ دَكَّآءَ ۖ وَكَانَ وَعْدُ رَبِّى حَقًّا

Transliteration qāla hādhā raḥmatun min rabbī fa-idhā jāa waʿdu rabbī jaʿalahu dakkāa wakāna waʿdu rabbī ḥaqqan

English [Dhul-Qarnayn] said, "This is a mercy from my Lord; but when the promise of my Lord comes [i.e., approaches], He will make it level, and ever is the promise of my Lord true."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  3. رَحْمَةٌۭraḥmatun(is) a mercy
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. رَّبِّى ۖrabbīmy Lord
  6. فَإِذَاfa-idhāBut when
  7. جَآءَjāacomes
  8. وَعْدُwaʿdu(the) Promise
  9. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  10. جَعَلَهُۥjaʿalahuHe will make it
  11. دَكَّآءَ ۖdakkāalevel
  12. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  13. وَعْدُwaʿdu(the) Promise
  14. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  15. حَقًّۭاḥaqqantrue

Verse 99

۞ وَتَرَكْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ يَمُوجُ فِى بَعْضٍ ۖ وَنُفِخَ فِى ٱلصُّورِ فَجَمَعْنَـٰهُمْ جَمْعًا

Transliteration wataraknā baʿḍahum yawma-idhin yamūju fī baʿḍin wanufikha fī l-ṣūri fajamaʿnāhum jamʿan

English And We will leave them that day surging over each other, and [then] the Horn will be blown, and We will assemble them in [one] assembly.

  1. ۞ وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāAnd We (will) leave
  2. بَعْضَهُمْbaʿḍahumsome of them
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(on) that Day
  4. يَمُوجُyamūjuto surge
  5. فِىfīover
  6. بَعْضٍۢ ۖbaʿḍinothers
  7. وَنُفِخَwanufikhaand (will be) blown
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلصُّورِl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  10. فَجَمَعْنَـٰهُمْfajamaʿnāhumthen We (will) gather them
  11. جَمْعًۭاjamʿanall together

Verse 100

وَعَرَضْنَا جَهَنَّمَ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْكَـٰفِرِينَ عَرْضًا

Transliteration waʿaraḍnā jahannama yawma-idhin lil'kāfirīna ʿarḍan

English And We will present Hell that Day to the disbelievers, on display -

  1. وَعَرَضْنَاwaʿaraḍnāAnd We (will) present
  2. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(on) that Day
  4. لِّلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnato the disbelievers
  5. عَرْضًاʿarḍan(on) display

Verse 101

ٱلَّذِينَ كَانَتْ أَعْيُنُهُمْ فِى غِطَآءٍ عَن ذِكْرِى وَكَانُوا۟ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ سَمْعًا

Transliteration alladhīna kānat aʿyunuhum fī ghiṭāin ʿan dhik'rī wakānū lā yastaṭīʿūna samʿan

English Those whose eyes had been within a cover [removed] from My remembrance, and they were not able to hear.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose
  2. كَانَتْkānathad been
  3. أَعْيُنُهُمْaʿyunuhumtheir eyes
  4. فِىfīwithin
  5. غِطَآءٍghiṭāina cover
  6. عَنʿanfrom
  7. ذِكْرِىdhik'rīMy remembrance
  8. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand were
  9. لَاlānot
  10. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnaable
  11. سَمْعًاsamʿan(to) hear

Verse 102

أَفَحَسِبَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَن يَتَّخِذُوا۟ عِبَادِى مِن دُونِىٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۚ إِنَّآ أَعْتَدْنَا جَهَنَّمَ لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَ نُزُلًا

Transliteration afaḥasiba alladhīna kafarū an yattakhidhū ʿibādī min dūnī awliyāa innā aʿtadnā jahannama lil'kāfirīna nuzulan

English Then do those who disbelieve think that they can take My servants instead of Me as allies? Indeed, We have prepared Hell for the disbelievers as a lodging.

  1. أَفَحَسِبَafaḥasibaDo then think
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَتَّخِذُوا۟yattakhidhūthey (can) take
  6. عِبَادِىʿibādīMy servants
  7. مِنminbesides Me
  8. دُونِىٓdūnībesides Me
  9. أَوْلِيَآءَ ۚawliyāa(as) protectors
  10. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  11. أَعْتَدْنَاaʿtadnāWe have prepared
  12. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  13. لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnafor the disbelievers
  14. نُزُلًۭاnuzulan(as) a lodging

Verse 103

قُلْ هَلْ نُنَبِّئُكُم بِٱلْأَخْسَرِينَ أَعْمَـٰلًا

Transliteration qul hal nunabbi-ukum bil-akhsarīna aʿmālan

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "Shall we [believers] inform you of the greatest losers as to [their] deeds?

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هَلْhalShall
  3. نُنَبِّئُكُمnunabbi-ukumWe inform you
  4. بِٱلْأَخْسَرِينَbil-akhsarīnaof the greatest losers
  5. أَعْمَـٰلًاaʿmālan(as to their) deeds

Verse 104

ٱلَّذِينَ ضَلَّ سَعْيُهُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَهُمْ يَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُمْ يُحْسِنُونَ صُنْعًا

Transliteration alladhīna ḍalla saʿyuhum fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wahum yaḥsabūna annahum yuḥ'sinūna ṣun'ʿan

English [They are] those whose effort is lost in worldly life, while they think that they are doing well in work."

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose
  2. ضَلَّḍallais lost
  3. سَعْيُهُمْsaʿyuhumtheir effort
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  6. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  7. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  8. يَحْسَبُونَyaḥsabūnathink
  9. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  10. يُحْسِنُونَyuḥ'sinūna(were) acquiring good
  11. صُنْعًاṣun'ʿan(in) work

Verse 105

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ وَلِقَآئِهِۦ فَحَبِطَتْ أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ فَلَا نُقِيمُ لَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ وَزْنًا

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna kafarū biāyāti rabbihim waliqāihi faḥabiṭat aʿmāluhum falā nuqīmu lahum yawma l-qiyāmati waznan

English Those are the ones who disbelieve in the verses of their Lord and in [their] meeting Him, so their deeds have become worthless; and We will not assign to them on the Day of Resurrection any weight [i.e., importance].

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) the ones who
  3. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin the Verses
  5. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  6. وَلِقَآئِهِۦwaliqāihiand the meeting (with) Him
  7. فَحَبِطَتْfaḥabiṭatSo (are) vain
  8. أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْaʿmāluhumtheir deeds
  9. فَلَاfalāso not
  10. نُقِيمُnuqīmuWe will assign
  11. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  12. يَوْمَyawma(on) the Day
  13. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  14. وَزْنًۭاwaznanany weight

Verse 106

ذَٰلِكَ جَزَآؤُهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ بِمَا كَفَرُوا۟ وَٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟ ءَايَـٰتِى وَرُسُلِى هُزُوًا

Transliteration dhālika jazāuhum jahannamu bimā kafarū wa-ittakhadhū āyātī warusulī huzuwan

English That is their recompense - Hell - for what they denied and [because] they took My signs and My messengers in ridicule.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. جَزَآؤُهُمْjazāuhum(is) their recompense
  3. جَهَنَّمُjahannamuHell
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūthey disbelieved
  6. وَٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟wa-ittakhadhūand took
  7. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  8. وَرُسُلِىwarusulīand My Messengers
  9. هُزُوًاhuzuwan(in) ridicule

Verse 107

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ كَانَتْ لَهُمْ جَنَّـٰتُ ٱلْفِرْدَوْسِ نُزُلًا

Transliteration inna alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti kānat lahum jannātu l-fir'dawsi nuzulan

English Indeed, those who have believed and done righteous deeds - they will have the Gardens of Paradise as a lodging,

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand did
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  6. كَانَتْkānatfor them will be
  7. لَهُمْlahumfor them will be
  8. جَنَّـٰتُjannātuGardens
  9. ٱلْفِرْدَوْسِl-fir'dawsi(of) the Paradise
  10. نُزُلًاnuzulan(as) a lodging

Verse 108

خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا لَا يَبْغُونَ عَنْهَا حِوَلًا

Transliteration khālidīna fīhā lā yabghūna ʿanhā ḥiwalan

English Wherein they abide eternally. They will not desire from it any transfer.

  1. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnaAbiding forever
  2. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  3. لَاlāNot
  4. يَبْغُونَyabghūnathey will desire
  5. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  6. حِوَلًۭاḥiwalanany transfer

Verse 109

قُل لَّوْ كَانَ ٱلْبَحْرُ مِدَادًا لِّكَلِمَـٰتِ رَبِّى لَنَفِدَ ٱلْبَحْرُ قَبْلَ أَن تَنفَدَ كَلِمَـٰتُ رَبِّى وَلَوْ جِئْنَا بِمِثْلِهِۦ مَدَدًا

Transliteration qul law kāna l-baḥru midādan likalimāti rabbī lanafida l-baḥru qabla an tanfada kalimātu rabbī walaw ji'nā bimith'lihi madadan

English Say, "If the sea were ink for [writing] the words of my Lord, the sea would be exhausted before the words of my Lord were exhausted, even if We brought the like of it in [continual] supplement."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. كَانَkānawere
  4. ٱلْبَحْرُl-baḥruthe sea
  5. مِدَادًۭاmidādanink
  6. لِّكَلِمَـٰتِlikalimātifor (the) Words
  7. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  8. لَنَفِدَlanafidasurely (would be) exhausted
  9. ٱلْبَحْرُl-baḥruthe sea
  10. قَبْلَqablabefore
  11. أَنan[that]
  12. تَنفَدَtanfada(were) exhausted
  13. كَلِمَـٰتُkalimātu(the) Words
  14. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  15. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  16. جِئْنَاji'nāWe brought
  17. بِمِثْلِهِۦbimith'lihi(the) like (of) it
  18. مَدَدًۭاmadadan(as) a supplement

Verse 110

قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُكُمْ يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ أَنَّمَآ إِلَـٰهُكُمْ إِلَـٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ ۖ فَمَن كَانَ يَرْجُوا۟ لِقَآءَ رَبِّهِۦ فَلْيَعْمَلْ عَمَلًا صَـٰلِحًا وَلَا يُشْرِكْ بِعِبَادَةِ رَبِّهِۦٓ أَحَدًۢا

Transliteration qul innamā anā basharun mith'lukum yūḥā ilayya annamā ilāhukum ilāhun wāḥidun faman kāna yarjū liqāa rabbihi falyaʿmal ʿamalan ṣāliḥan walā yush'rik biʿibādati rabbihi aḥadan

English Say, "I am only a man like you, to whom has been revealed that your god is one God. So whoever would hope for the meeting with his Lord - let him do righteous work and not associate in the worship of his Lord anyone."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَنَا۠anāI
  4. بَشَرٌۭbasharun(am) a man
  5. مِّثْلُكُمْmith'lukumlike you
  6. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāHas been revealed
  7. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  8. أَنَّمَآannamāthat
  9. إِلَـٰهُكُمْilāhukumyour God
  10. إِلَـٰهٌۭilāhun(is) God
  11. وَٰحِدٌۭ ۖwāḥidunOne
  12. فَمَنfamanSo whoever
  13. كَانَkānais
  14. يَرْجُوا۟yarjūhoping
  15. لِقَآءَliqāa(for the) meeting
  16. رَبِّهِۦrabbihi(with) his Lord
  17. فَلْيَعْمَلْfalyaʿmallet him do
  18. عَمَلًۭاʿamalandeeds
  19. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous
  20. وَلَاwalāand not
  21. يُشْرِكْyush'rikassociate
  22. بِعِبَادَةِbiʿibādatiin (the) worship
  23. رَبِّهِۦٓrabbihi(of) his Lord
  24. أَحَدًۢاaḥadananyone

Surah Maryam مريم verses 1–98

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

كٓهيعٓصٓ

Transliteration kaf-ha-ya-ain-sad

English Kāf, Hā, Yā, ʿAyn, Ṣād.

  1. كٓهيعٓصٓkaf-ha-ya-ain-sadKaaf Ha Ya Ain Sad

Verse 2

ذِكْرُ رَحْمَتِ رَبِّكَ عَبْدَهُۥ زَكَرِيَّآ

Transliteration dhik'ru raḥmati rabbika ʿabdahu zakariyyā

English [This is] a mention of the mercy of your Lord to His servant Zechariah

  1. ذِكْرُdhik'ru(A) mention
  2. رَحْمَتِraḥmati(of the) Mercy
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. عَبْدَهُۥʿabdahu(to) His servant
  5. زَكَرِيَّآzakariyyāZakariya

Verse 3

إِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبَّهُۥ نِدَآءً خَفِيًّا

Transliteration idh nādā rabbahu nidāan khafiyyan

English When he called to his Lord a private call [i.e., supplication].

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. نَادَىٰnādāhe called
  3. رَبَّهُۥrabbahu(to) his Lord
  4. نِدَآءًnidāana call
  5. خَفِيًّۭاkhafiyyansecret

Verse 4

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى وَهَنَ ٱلْعَظْمُ مِنِّى وَٱشْتَعَلَ ٱلرَّأْسُ شَيْبًا وَلَمْ أَكُنۢ بِدُعَآئِكَ رَبِّ شَقِيًّا

Transliteration qāla rabbi innī wahana l-ʿaẓmu minnī wa-ish'taʿala l-rasu shayban walam akun biduʿāika rabbi shaqiyyan

English He said, "My Lord, indeed my bones have weakened, and my head has filled with white, and never have I been in my supplication to You, my Lord, unhappy [i.e., disappointed].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, [I]
  4. وَهَنَwahana(have) weakened
  5. ٱلْعَظْمُl-ʿaẓmumy bones
  6. مِنِّىminnīmy bones
  7. وَٱشْتَعَلَwa-ish'taʿalaand flared
  8. ٱلرَّأْسُl-rasu(my) head
  9. شَيْبًۭاshayban(with) white
  10. وَلَمْwalamand not
  11. أَكُنۢakunI have been
  12. بِدُعَآئِكَbiduʿāikain (my) supplication (to) You
  13. رَبِّrabbimy Lord
  14. شَقِيًّۭاshaqiyyanunblessed

Verse 5

وَإِنِّى خِفْتُ ٱلْمَوَٰلِىَ مِن وَرَآءِى وَكَانَتِ ٱمْرَأَتِى عَاقِرًا فَهَبْ لِى مِن لَّدُنكَ وَلِيًّا

Transliteration wa-innī khif'tu l-mawāliya min warāī wakānati im'ra-atī ʿāqiran fahab lī min ladunka waliyyan

English And indeed, I fear the successors after me, and my wife has been barren, so give me from Yourself an heir

  1. وَإِنِّىwa-innīAnd indeed, I
  2. خِفْتُkhif'tu[I] fear
  3. ٱلْمَوَٰلِىَl-mawāliyathe successors
  4. مِنminafter me
  5. وَرَآءِىwarāīafter me
  6. وَكَانَتِwakānatiand is
  7. ٱمْرَأَتِىim'ra-atīmy wife
  8. عَاقِرًۭاʿāqiranbarren
  9. فَهَبْfahabSo give
  10. لِىlī[to] me
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. لَّدُنكَladunkaYourself
  13. وَلِيًّۭاwaliyyanan heir

Verse 6

يَرِثُنِى وَيَرِثُ مِنْ ءَالِ يَعْقُوبَ ۖ وَٱجْعَلْهُ رَبِّ رَضِيًّا

Transliteration yarithunī wayarithu min āli yaʿqūba wa-ij'ʿalhu rabbi raḍiyyan

English Who will inherit me and inherit from the family of Jacob. And make him, my Lord, pleasing [to You]."

  1. يَرِثُنِىyarithunīWho will inherit me
  2. وَيَرِثُwayarithuand inherit
  3. مِنْminfrom
  4. ءَالِāli(the) family
  5. يَعْقُوبَ ۖyaʿqūba(of) Yaqub
  6. وَٱجْعَلْهُwa-ij'ʿalhuAnd make him
  7. رَبِّrabbimy Lord
  8. رَضِيًّۭاraḍiyyanpleasing

Verse 7

يَـٰزَكَرِيَّآ إِنَّا نُبَشِّرُكَ بِغُلَـٰمٍ ٱسْمُهُۥ يَحْيَىٰ لَمْ نَجْعَل لَّهُۥ مِن قَبْلُ سَمِيًّا

Transliteration yāzakariyyā innā nubashiruka bighulāmin us'muhu yaḥyā lam najʿal lahu min qablu samiyyan

English [He was told], "O Zechariah, indeed We give you good tidings of a boy whose name will be John. We have not assigned to any before [this] name."

  1. يَـٰزَكَرِيَّآyāzakariyyāO Zakariya
  2. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  3. نُبَشِّرُكَnubashiruka[We] give you glad tidings
  4. بِغُلَـٰمٍbighulāminof a boy
  5. ٱسْمُهُۥus'muhuhis name
  6. يَحْيَىٰyaḥyā(will be) Yahya
  7. لَمْlamnot
  8. نَجْعَلnajʿalWe (have) assigned
  9. لَّهُۥlahu[for] it
  10. مِنminbefore
  11. قَبْلُqablubefore
  12. سَمِيًّۭاsamiyyan(this) name

Verse 8

قَالَ رَبِّ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى غُلَـٰمٌ وَكَانَتِ ٱمْرَأَتِى عَاقِرًا وَقَدْ بَلَغْتُ مِنَ ٱلْكِبَرِ عِتِيًّا

Transliteration qāla rabbi annā yakūnu lī ghulāmun wakānati im'ra-atī ʿāqiran waqad balaghtu mina l-kibari ʿitiyyan

English He said, "My Lord, how will I have a boy when my wife has been barren and I have reached extreme old age?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. أَنَّىٰannāHow
  4. يَكُونُyakūnucan
  5. لِىlīI have
  6. غُلَـٰمٌۭghulāmuna boy
  7. وَكَانَتِwakānatiwhile is
  8. ٱمْرَأَتِىim'ra-atīmy wife
  9. عَاقِرًۭاʿāqiranbarren
  10. وَقَدْwaqadand indeed
  11. بَلَغْتُbalaghtuI have reached
  12. مِنَminaof
  13. ٱلْكِبَرِl-kibarithe old age
  14. عِتِيًّۭاʿitiyyanextreme

Verse 9

قَالَ كَذَٰلِكَ قَالَ رَبُّكَ هُوَ عَلَىَّ هَيِّنٌ وَقَدْ خَلَقْتُكَ مِن قَبْلُ وَلَمْ تَكُ شَيْـًٔا

Transliteration qāla kadhālika qāla rabbuka huwa ʿalayya hayyinun waqad khalaqtuka min qablu walam taku shayan

English [An angel] said, "Thus [it will be]; your Lord says, 'It is easy for Me, for I created you before, while you were nothing.'"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  3. قَالَqālasaid
  4. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  5. هُوَhuwa'It
  6. عَلَىَّʿalayya(is) easy for Me
  7. هَيِّنٌۭhayyinun(is) easy for Me
  8. وَقَدْwaqadand certainly
  9. خَلَقْتُكَkhalaqtukaI (have) created you
  10. مِنminbefore
  11. قَبْلُqablubefore
  12. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  13. تَكُtakuyou were
  14. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything.'

Verse 10

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱجْعَل لِّىٓ ءَايَةً ۚ قَالَ ءَايَتُكَ أَلَّا تُكَلِّمَ ٱلنَّاسَ ثَلَـٰثَ لَيَالٍ سَوِيًّا

Transliteration qāla rabbi ij'ʿal lī āyatan qāla āyatuka allā tukallima l-nāsa thalātha layālin sawiyyan

English [Zechariah] said, "My Lord, make for me a sign." He said, "Your sign is that you will not speak to the people for three nights, [being] sound."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱجْعَلij'ʿalMake
  4. لِّىٓlīfor me
  5. ءَايَةًۭ ۚāyatana sign
  6. قَالَqālaHe said
  7. ءَايَتُكَāyatukaYour sign
  8. أَلَّاallā(is) that not
  9. تُكَلِّمَtukallimayou will speak
  10. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsa(to) the people
  11. ثَلَـٰثَthalātha(for) three
  12. لَيَالٍۢlayālinnights
  13. سَوِيًّۭاsawiyyansound

Verse 11

فَخَرَجَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ مِنَ ٱلْمِحْرَابِ فَأَوْحَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِمْ أَن سَبِّحُوا۟ بُكْرَةً وَعَشِيًّا

Transliteration fakharaja ʿalā qawmihi mina l-miḥ'rābi fa-awḥā ilayhim an sabbiḥū buk'ratan waʿashiyyan

English So he came out to his people from the prayer chamber and signaled to them to exalt [Allāh] in the morning and afternoon.

  1. فَخَرَجَfakharajaThen he came out
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  3. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  4. مِنَminafrom
  5. ٱلْمِحْرَابِl-miḥ'rābithe prayer chamber
  6. فَأَوْحَىٰٓfa-awḥāand he signaled
  7. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  8. أَنanto
  9. سَبِّحُوا۟sabbiḥūglorify (Allah)
  10. بُكْرَةًۭbuk'ratan(in) the morning
  11. وَعَشِيًّۭاwaʿashiyyanand (in) the evening

Verse 12

يَـٰيَحْيَىٰ خُذِ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ بِقُوَّةٍ ۖ وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ ٱلْحُكْمَ صَبِيًّا

Transliteration yāyaḥyā khudhi l-kitāba biquwwatin waātaynāhu l-ḥuk'ma ṣabiyyan

English [Allāh said], "O John, take the Scripture [i.e., adhere to it] with determination." And We gave him judgement [while yet] a boy

  1. يَـٰيَحْيَىٰyāyaḥyāO Yahya
  2. خُذِkhudhiHold
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  4. بِقُوَّةٍۢ ۖbiquwwatinwith strength
  5. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُwaātaynāhuAnd We gave him
  6. ٱلْحُكْمَl-ḥuk'ma[the] wisdom
  7. صَبِيًّۭاṣabiyyan(when he was) a child

Verse 13

وَحَنَانًا مِّن لَّدُنَّا وَزَكَوٰةً ۖ وَكَانَ تَقِيًّا

Transliteration waḥanānan min ladunnā wazakatan wakāna taqiyyan

English And affection from Us and purity, and he was fearing of Allāh

  1. وَحَنَانًۭاwaḥanānanAnd affection
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. لَّدُنَّاladunnāUs
  4. وَزَكَوٰةًۭ ۖwazakatanand purity
  5. وَكَانَwakānaand he was
  6. تَقِيًّۭاtaqiyyanrighteous

Verse 14

وَبَرًّۢا بِوَٰلِدَيْهِ وَلَمْ يَكُن جَبَّارًا عَصِيًّا

Transliteration wabarran biwālidayhi walam yakun jabbāran ʿaṣiyyan

English And dutiful to his parents, and he was not a disobedient tyrant.

  1. وَبَرًّۢاwabarranAnd dutiful
  2. بِوَٰلِدَيْهِbiwālidayhito his parents
  3. وَلَمْwalamand not
  4. يَكُنyakunhe was
  5. جَبَّارًاjabbārana tyrant
  6. عَصِيًّۭاʿaṣiyyandisobedient

Verse 15

وَسَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْهِ يَوْمَ وُلِدَ وَيَوْمَ يَمُوتُ وَيَوْمَ يُبْعَثُ حَيًّا

Transliteration wasalāmun ʿalayhi yawma wulida wayawma yamūtu wayawma yub'ʿathu ḥayyan

English And peace be upon him the day he was born and the day he dies and the day he is raised alive.

  1. وَسَلَـٰمٌwasalāmunAnd peace be
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiupon him
  3. يَوْمَyawma(the) day
  4. وُلِدَwulidahe was born
  5. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (the) day
  6. يَمُوتُyamūtuhe dies
  7. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (the) day
  8. يُبْعَثُyub'ʿathuhe will be raised
  9. حَيًّۭاḥayyanalive

Verse 16

وَٱذْكُرْ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مَرْيَمَ إِذِ ٱنتَبَذَتْ مِنْ أَهْلِهَا مَكَانًا شَرْقِيًّا

Transliteration wa-udh'kur fī l-kitābi maryama idhi intabadhat min ahlihā makānan sharqiyyan

English And mention, [O Muḥammad], in the Book [the story of] Mary, when she withdrew from her family to a place toward the east.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd mention
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  4. مَرْيَمَmaryamaMaryam
  5. إِذِidhiwhen
  6. ٱنتَبَذَتْintabadhatshe withdrew
  7. مِنْminfrom
  8. أَهْلِهَاahlihāher family
  9. مَكَانًۭاmakānan(to) a place
  10. شَرْقِيًّۭاsharqiyyaneastern

Verse 17

فَٱتَّخَذَتْ مِن دُونِهِمْ حِجَابًا فَأَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَيْهَا رُوحَنَا فَتَمَثَّلَ لَهَا بَشَرًا سَوِيًّا

Transliteration fa-ittakhadhat min dūnihim ḥijāban fa-arsalnā ilayhā rūḥanā fatamathala lahā basharan sawiyyan

English And she took, in seclusion from them, a screen. Then We sent to her Our Angel [i.e., Gabriel], and he represented himself to her as a well-proportioned man.

  1. فَٱتَّخَذَتْfa-ittakhadhatThen she took
  2. مِنminfrom them
  3. دُونِهِمْdūnihimfrom them
  4. حِجَابًۭاḥijābana screen
  5. فَأَرْسَلْنَآfa-arsalnāThen We sent
  6. إِلَيْهَاilayhāto her
  7. رُوحَنَاrūḥanāOur Spirit
  8. فَتَمَثَّلَfatamathalathen he assumed for her the likeness
  9. لَهَاlahāthen he assumed for her the likeness
  10. بَشَرًۭاbasharan(of) a man
  11. سَوِيًّۭاsawiyyanwell-proportioned

Verse 18

قَالَتْ إِنِّىٓ أَعُوذُ بِٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ مِنكَ إِن كُنتَ تَقِيًّا

Transliteration qālat innī aʿūdhu bil-raḥmāni minka in kunta taqiyyan

English She said, "Indeed, I seek refuge in the Most Merciful from you, [so leave me], if you should be fearing of Allāh."

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَعُوذُaʿūdhu[I] seek refuge
  4. بِٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِbil-raḥmāniwith the Most Gracious
  5. مِنكَminkafrom you
  6. إِنinif
  7. كُنتَkuntayou are
  8. تَقِيًّۭاtaqiyyanGod fearing

Verse 19

قَالَ إِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ رَسُولُ رَبِّكِ لِأَهَبَ لَكِ غُلَـٰمًا زَكِيًّا

Transliteration qāla innamā anā rasūlu rabbiki li-ahaba laki ghulāman zakiyyan

English He said, "I am only the messenger of your Lord to give you [news of] a pure boy [i.e., son]."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَنَا۠anāI am
  4. رَسُولُrasūlua Messenger
  5. رَبِّكِrabbiki(from) your Lord
  6. لِأَهَبَli-ahabathat I (may) bestow
  7. لَكِlakion you
  8. غُلَـٰمًۭاghulāmana son
  9. زَكِيًّۭاzakiyyanpure

Verse 20

قَالَتْ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى غُلَـٰمٌ وَلَمْ يَمْسَسْنِى بَشَرٌ وَلَمْ أَكُ بَغِيًّا

Transliteration qālat annā yakūnu lī ghulāmun walam yamsasnī basharun walam aku baghiyyan

English She said, "How can I have a boy while no man has touched me and I have not been unchaste?"

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. أَنَّىٰannāHow
  3. يَكُونُyakūnucan be
  4. لِىlīfor me
  5. غُلَـٰمٌۭghulāmuna son
  6. وَلَمْwalamwhen not
  7. يَمْسَسْنِىyamsasnīhas touched me
  8. بَشَرٌۭbasharuna man
  9. وَلَمْwalamand not
  10. أَكُakuI am
  11. بَغِيًّۭاbaghiyyanunchaste

Verse 21

قَالَ كَذَٰلِكِ قَالَ رَبُّكِ هُوَ عَلَىَّ هَيِّنٌ ۖ وَلِنَجْعَلَهُۥٓ ءَايَةً لِّلنَّاسِ وَرَحْمَةً مِّنَّا ۚ وَكَانَ أَمْرًا مَّقْضِيًّا

Transliteration qāla kadhāliki qāla rabbuki huwa ʿalayya hayyinun walinajʿalahu āyatan lilnnāsi waraḥmatan minnā wakāna amran maqḍiyyan

English He said, "Thus [it will be]; your Lord says, 'It is easy for Me, and We will make him a sign to the people and a mercy from Us. And it is a matter [already] decreed.'"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. كَذَٰلِكِkadhālikiThus
  3. قَالَqālasaid
  4. رَبُّكِrabbukiyour Lord
  5. هُوَhuwa'It
  6. عَلَىَّʿalayya(is) for Me
  7. هَيِّنٌۭ ۖhayyinuneasy
  8. وَلِنَجْعَلَهُۥٓwalinajʿalahuand so that We will make him
  9. ءَايَةًۭāyatana sign
  10. لِّلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor the mankind
  11. وَرَحْمَةًۭwaraḥmatanand a Mercy
  12. مِّنَّا ۚminnāfrom Us
  13. وَكَانَwakānaAnd (it) is
  14. أَمْرًۭاamrana matter
  15. مَّقْضِيًّۭاmaqḍiyyandecreed.'

Verse 22

۞ فَحَمَلَتْهُ فَٱنتَبَذَتْ بِهِۦ مَكَانًا قَصِيًّا

Transliteration faḥamalathu fa-intabadhat bihi makānan qaṣiyyan

English So she conceived him, and she withdrew with him to a remote place.

  1. ۞ فَحَمَلَتْهُfaḥamalathuSo she conceived him
  2. فَٱنتَبَذَتْfa-intabadhatand she withdrew
  3. بِهِۦbihiwith him
  4. مَكَانًۭاmakānan(to) a place
  5. قَصِيًّۭاqaṣiyyanremote

Verse 23

فَأَجَآءَهَا ٱلْمَخَاضُ إِلَىٰ جِذْعِ ٱلنَّخْلَةِ قَالَتْ يَـٰلَيْتَنِى مِتُّ قَبْلَ هَـٰذَا وَكُنتُ نَسْيًا مَّنسِيًّا

Transliteration fa-ajāahā l-makhāḍu ilā jidh'ʿi l-nakhlati qālat yālaytanī mittu qabla hādhā wakuntu nasyan mansiyyan

English And the pains of childbirth drove her to the trunk of a palm tree. She said, "Oh, I wish I had died before this and was in oblivion, forgotten."

  1. فَأَجَآءَهَاfa-ajāahāThen drove her
  2. ٱلْمَخَاضُl-makhāḍuthe pains of childbirth
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. جِذْعِjidh'ʿi(the) trunk
  5. ٱلنَّخْلَةِl-nakhlati(of) the date-palm
  6. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  7. يَـٰلَيْتَنِىyālaytanīO! I wish
  8. مِتُّmittuI (had) died
  9. قَبْلَqablabefore
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  11. وَكُنتُwakuntuand I was
  12. نَسْيًۭاnasyan(in) oblivion
  13. مَّنسِيًّۭاmansiyyanforgotten

Verse 24

فَنَادَىٰهَا مِن تَحْتِهَآ أَلَّا تَحْزَنِى قَدْ جَعَلَ رَبُّكِ تَحْتَكِ سَرِيًّا

Transliteration fanādāhā min taḥtihā allā taḥzanī qad jaʿala rabbuki taḥtaki sariyyan

English But he called her from below her, "Do not grieve; your Lord has provided beneath you a stream.

  1. فَنَادَىٰهَاfanādāhāSo cried to her
  2. مِنminfrom
  3. تَحْتِهَآtaḥtihābeneath her
  4. أَلَّاallāThat (do) not
  5. تَحْزَنِىtaḥzanīgrieve
  6. قَدْqadverily
  7. جَعَلَjaʿala(has) placed
  8. رَبُّكِrabbukiyour Lord
  9. تَحْتَكِtaḥtakibeneath you
  10. سَرِيًّۭاsariyyana stream

Verse 25

وَهُزِّىٓ إِلَيْكِ بِجِذْعِ ٱلنَّخْلَةِ تُسَـٰقِطْ عَلَيْكِ رُطَبًا جَنِيًّا

Transliteration wahuzzī ilayki bijidh'ʿi l-nakhlati tusāqiṭ ʿalayki ruṭaban janiyyan

English And shake toward you the trunk of the palm tree; it will drop upon you ripe, fresh dates.

  1. وَهُزِّىٓwahuzzīAnd shake
  2. إِلَيْكِilaykitowards you
  3. بِجِذْعِbijidh'ʿi(the) trunk
  4. ٱلنَّخْلَةِl-nakhlati(of) the date-palm
  5. تُسَـٰقِطْtusāqiṭit will drop
  6. عَلَيْكِʿalaykiupon you
  7. رُطَبًۭاruṭabanfresh dates
  8. جَنِيًّۭاjaniyyanripe

Verse 26

فَكُلِى وَٱشْرَبِى وَقَرِّى عَيْنًا ۖ فَإِمَّا تَرَيِنَّ مِنَ ٱلْبَشَرِ أَحَدًا فَقُولِىٓ إِنِّى نَذَرْتُ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ صَوْمًا فَلَنْ أُكَلِّمَ ٱلْيَوْمَ إِنسِيًّا

Transliteration fakulī wa-ish'rabī waqarrī ʿaynan fa-immā tarayinna mina l-bashari aḥadan faqūlī innī nadhartu lilrraḥmāni ṣawman falan ukallima l-yawma insiyyan

English So eat and drink and be contented. And if you see from among humanity anyone, say, 'Indeed, I have vowed to the Most Merciful abstention, so I will not speak today to [any] man.'"

  1. فَكُلِىfakulīSo eat
  2. وَٱشْرَبِىwa-ish'rabīand drink
  3. وَقَرِّىwaqarrīand cool
  4. عَيْنًۭا ۖʿaynan(your) eyes
  5. فَإِمَّاfa-immāAnd if
  6. تَرَيِنَّtarayinnayou see
  7. مِنَminafrom
  8. ٱلْبَشَرِl-basharihuman being
  9. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone
  10. فَقُولِىٓfaqūlīthen say
  11. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  12. نَذَرْتُnadhartu[I] have vowed
  13. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānito the Most Gracious
  14. صَوْمًۭاṣawmana fast
  15. فَلَنْfalanso not
  16. أُكَلِّمَukallimaI will speak
  17. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  18. إِنسِيًّۭاinsiyyan(to any) human being

Verse 27

فَأَتَتْ بِهِۦ قَوْمَهَا تَحْمِلُهُۥ ۖ قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمَرْيَمُ لَقَدْ جِئْتِ شَيْـًٔا فَرِيًّا

Transliteration fa-atat bihi qawmahā taḥmiluhu qālū yāmaryamu laqad ji'ti shayan fariyyan

English Then she brought him to her people, carrying him. They said, "O Mary, you have certainly done a thing unprecedented.

  1. فَأَتَتْfa-atatThen she came
  2. بِهِۦbihiwith him
  3. قَوْمَهَاqawmahā(to) her people
  4. تَحْمِلُهُۥ ۖtaḥmiluhucarrying him
  5. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  6. يَـٰمَرْيَمُyāmaryamuO Maryam
  7. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  8. جِئْتِji'tiyou (have) brought
  9. شَيْـًۭٔاshayanan amazing thing
  10. فَرِيًّۭاfariyyanan amazing thing

Verse 28

يَـٰٓأُخْتَ هَـٰرُونَ مَا كَانَ أَبُوكِ ٱمْرَأَ سَوْءٍ وَمَا كَانَتْ أُمُّكِ بَغِيًّا

Transliteration yāukh'ta hārūna mā kāna abūki im'ra-a sawin wamā kānat ummuki baghiyyan

English O sister [i.e., descendant] of Aaron, your father was not a man of evil, nor was your mother unchaste."

  1. يَـٰٓأُخْتَyāukh'taO sister
  2. هَـٰرُونَhārūna(of) Harun
  3. مَاmāNot
  4. كَانَkānawas
  5. أَبُوكِabūkiyour father
  6. ٱمْرَأَim'ra-aan evil man
  7. سَوْءٍۢsawinan evil man
  8. وَمَاwamāand not
  9. كَانَتْkānatwas
  10. أُمُّكِummukiyour mother
  11. بَغِيًّۭاbaghiyyanunchaste

Verse 29

فَأَشَارَتْ إِلَيْهِ ۖ قَالُوا۟ كَيْفَ نُكَلِّمُ مَن كَانَ فِى ٱلْمَهْدِ صَبِيًّا

Transliteration fa-ashārat ilayhi qālū kayfa nukallimu man kāna fī l-mahdi ṣabiyyan

English So she pointed to him. They said, "How can we speak to one who is in the cradle a child?"

  1. فَأَشَارَتْfa-ashāratThen she pointed
  2. إِلَيْهِ ۖilayhito him
  3. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  4. كَيْفَkayfaHow
  5. نُكَلِّمُnukallimu(can) we speak
  6. مَنman(to one) who
  7. كَانَkānais
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْمَهْدِl-mahdithe cradle
  10. صَبِيًّۭاṣabiyyana child

Verse 30

قَالَ إِنِّى عَبْدُ ٱللَّهِ ءَاتَىٰنِىَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَجَعَلَنِى نَبِيًّا

Transliteration qāla innī ʿabdu l-lahi ātāniya l-kitāba wajaʿalanī nabiyyan

English [Jesus] said, "Indeed, I am the servant of Allāh. He has given me the Scripture and made me a prophet.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  3. عَبْدُʿabdua slave
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  5. ءَاتَىٰنِىَātāniyaHe gave me
  6. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  7. وَجَعَلَنِىwajaʿalanīand made me
  8. نَبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 31

وَجَعَلَنِى مُبَارَكًا أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُ وَأَوْصَـٰنِى بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَٱلزَّكَوٰةِ مَا دُمْتُ حَيًّا

Transliteration wajaʿalanī mubārakan ayna mā kuntu wa-awṣānī bil-ṣalati wal-zakati mā dum'tu ḥayyan

English And He has made me blessed wherever I am and has enjoined upon me prayer and zakāh as long as I remain alive

  1. وَجَعَلَنِىwajaʿalanīAnd He (has) made me
  2. مُبَارَكًاmubārakanblessed
  3. أَيْنَaynawherever
  4. مَاmāwherever
  5. كُنتُkuntuI am
  6. وَأَوْصَـٰنِىwa-awṣānīand has enjoined (on) me
  7. بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِbil-ṣalati[of] the prayer
  8. وَٱلزَّكَوٰةِwal-zakatiand zakah
  9. مَاmāas long as I am
  10. دُمْتُdum'tuas long as I am
  11. حَيًّۭاḥayyanalive

Verse 32

وَبَرًّۢا بِوَٰلِدَتِى وَلَمْ يَجْعَلْنِى جَبَّارًا شَقِيًّا

Transliteration wabarran biwālidatī walam yajʿalnī jabbāran shaqiyyan

English And [made me] dutiful to my mother, and He has not made me a wretched tyrant.

  1. وَبَرًّۢاwabarranAnd dutiful
  2. بِوَٰلِدَتِىbiwālidatīto my mother
  3. وَلَمْwalamand not
  4. يَجْعَلْنِىyajʿalnīHe (has) made me
  5. جَبَّارًۭاjabbāraninsolent
  6. شَقِيًّۭاshaqiyyanunblessed

Verse 33

وَٱلسَّلَـٰمُ عَلَىَّ يَوْمَ وُلِدتُّ وَيَوْمَ أَمُوتُ وَيَوْمَ أُبْعَثُ حَيًّا

Transliteration wal-salāmu ʿalayya yawma wulidttu wayawma amūtu wayawma ub'ʿathu ḥayyan

English And peace is on me the day I was born and the day I will die and the day I am raised alive."

  1. وَٱلسَّلَـٰمُwal-salāmuAnd peace (be)
  2. عَلَىَّʿalayyaon me
  3. يَوْمَyawma(the) day
  4. وُلِدتُّwulidttuI was born
  5. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (the) day
  6. أَمُوتُamūtuI will die
  7. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (the) Day
  8. أُبْعَثُub'ʿathuI will be raised
  9. حَيًّۭاḥayyanalive

Verse 34

ذَٰلِكَ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ ۚ قَوْلَ ٱلْحَقِّ ٱلَّذِى فِيهِ يَمْتَرُونَ

Transliteration dhālika ʿīsā ub'nu maryama qawla l-ḥaqi alladhī fīhi yamtarūna

English That is Jesus, the son of Mary - the word of truth about which they are in dispute.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. عِيسَىʿīsā(was) Isa
  3. ٱبْنُub'nu(the) son
  4. مَرْيَمَ ۚmaryama(of) Maryam
  5. قَوْلَqawlaa statement
  6. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqi(of) truth
  7. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthat which
  8. فِيهِfīhiabout it
  9. يَمْتَرُونَyamtarūnathey dispute

Verse 35

مَا كَانَ لِلَّهِ أَن يَتَّخِذَ مِن وَلَدٍ ۖ سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥٓ ۚ إِذَا قَضَىٰٓ أَمْرًا فَإِنَّمَا يَقُولُ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ

Transliteration mā kāna lillahi an yattakhidha min waladin sub'ḥānahu idhā qaḍā amran fa-innamā yaqūlu lahu kun fayakūnu

English It is not [befitting] for Allāh to take a son; exalted is He! When He decrees an affair, He only says to it, "Be," and it is.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. كَانَkāna(it) is
  3. لِلَّهِlillahifor Allah
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَتَّخِذَyattakhidhaHe should take
  6. مِنminany son
  7. وَلَدٍۢ ۖwaladinany son
  8. سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥٓ ۚsub'ḥānahuGlory be to Him
  9. إِذَاidhāWhen
  10. قَضَىٰٓqaḍāHe decrees
  11. أَمْرًۭاamrana matter
  12. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāthen only
  13. يَقُولُyaqūluHe says
  14. لَهُۥlahuto it
  15. كُنkunBe
  16. فَيَكُونُfayakūnuand it is

Verse 36

وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبُّكُمْ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚ هَـٰذَا صِرَٰطٌ مُّسْتَقِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-inna l-laha rabbī warabbukum fa-uʿ'budūhu hādhā ṣirāṭun mus'taqīmun

English [Jesus said], "And indeed, Allāh is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. That is a straight path."

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. رَبِّىrabbī(is) my Lord
  4. وَرَبُّكُمْwarabbukumand your Lord
  5. فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚfa-uʿ'budūhuso worship Him
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  7. صِرَٰطٌۭṣirāṭun(is) a path
  8. مُّسْتَقِيمٌۭmus'taqīmunstraight

Verse 37

فَٱخْتَلَفَ ٱلْأَحْزَابُ مِنۢ بَيْنِهِمْ ۖ فَوَيْلٌ لِّلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن مَّشْهَدِ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration fa-ikh'talafa l-aḥzābu min baynihim fawaylun lilladhīna kafarū min mashhadi yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English Then the factions differed [concerning Jesus] from among them, so woe to those who disbelieved - from the scene of a tremendous Day.

  1. فَٱخْتَلَفَfa-ikh'talafaBut differed
  2. ٱلْأَحْزَابُl-aḥzābuthe sects
  3. مِنۢminfrom among them
  4. بَيْنِهِمْ ۖbaynihimfrom among them
  5. فَوَيْلٌۭfawaylunso woe
  6. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  7. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  8. مِنminfrom
  9. مَّشْهَدِmashhadi(the) witnessing
  10. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  11. عَظِيمٍʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 38

أَسْمِعْ بِهِمْ وَأَبْصِرْ يَوْمَ يَأْتُونَنَا ۖ لَـٰكِنِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ ٱلْيَوْمَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration asmiʿ bihim wa-abṣir yawma yatūnanā lākini l-ẓālimūna l-yawma fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English How [clearly] they will hear and see the Day they come to Us, but the wrongdoers today are in clear error.

  1. أَسْمِعْasmiʿHow they will hear
  2. بِهِمْbihimHow they will hear
  3. وَأَبْصِرْwa-abṣirand how (they will) see
  4. يَوْمَyawma(the) Day
  5. يَأْتُونَنَا ۖyatūnanāthey will come to Us
  6. لَـٰكِنِlākinibut
  7. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  8. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  9. فِىfī(are) in
  10. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  11. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 39

وَأَنذِرْهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْحَسْرَةِ إِذْ قُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ وَهُمْ فِى غَفْلَةٍ وَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-andhir'hum yawma l-ḥasrati idh quḍiya l-amru wahum fī ghaflatin wahum lā yu'minūna

English And warn them, [O Muḥammad], of the Day of Regret, when the matter will be concluded; and [yet], they are in [a state of] heedlessness, and they do not believe.

  1. وَأَنذِرْهُمْwa-andhir'humAnd warn them
  2. يَوْمَyawma(of the) Day
  3. ٱلْحَسْرَةِl-ḥasrati(of) the Regret
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. قُضِىَquḍiyahas been decided
  6. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  7. وَهُمْwahumAnd they
  8. فِىfī(are) in
  9. غَفْلَةٍۢghaflatinheedlessness
  10. وَهُمْwahumand they
  11. لَاlā(do) not
  12. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 40

إِنَّا نَحْنُ نَرِثُ ٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَنْ عَلَيْهَا وَإِلَيْنَا يُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration innā naḥnu narithu l-arḍa waman ʿalayhā wa-ilaynā yur'jaʿūna

English Indeed, it is We who will inherit the earth and whoever is on it, and to Us they will be returned.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnu[We]
  3. نَرِثُnarithu[We] will inherit
  4. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  5. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  6. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhā(is) on it
  7. وَإِلَيْنَاwa-ilaynāand to Us
  8. يُرْجَعُونَyur'jaʿūnathey will be returned

Verse 41

وَٱذْكُرْ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ صِدِّيقًا نَّبِيًّا

Transliteration wa-udh'kur fī l-kitābi ib'rāhīma innahu kāna ṣiddīqan nabiyyan

English And mention in the Book [the story of] Abraham. Indeed, he was a man of truth and a prophet.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd mention
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ۚib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  6. كَانَkānawas
  7. صِدِّيقًۭاṣiddīqana man of truth
  8. نَّبِيًّاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 42

إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ يَـٰٓأَبَتِ لِمَ تَعْبُدُ مَا لَا يَسْمَعُ وَلَا يُبْصِرُ وَلَا يُغْنِى عَنكَ شَيْـًٔا

Transliteration idh qāla li-abīhi yāabati lima taʿbudu mā lā yasmaʿu walā yub'ṣiru walā yugh'nī ʿanka shayan

English [Mention] when he said to his father, "O my father, why do you worship that which does not hear and does not see and will not benefit you at all?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālahe said
  3. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  4. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  5. لِمَlimaWhy
  6. تَعْبُدُtaʿbudu(do) you worship
  7. مَاmāthat which
  8. لَاlānot
  9. يَسْمَعُyasmaʿuhears
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يُبْصِرُyub'ṣirusees
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. يُغْنِىyugh'nībenefits
  14. عَنكَʿanka[to] you
  15. شَيْـًۭٔاshayan(in) anything

Verse 43

يَـٰٓأَبَتِ إِنِّى قَدْ جَآءَنِى مِنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ مَا لَمْ يَأْتِكَ فَٱتَّبِعْنِىٓ أَهْدِكَ صِرَٰطًا سَوِيًّا

Transliteration yāabati innī qad jāanī mina l-ʿil'mi mā lam yatika fa-ittabiʿ'nī ahdika ṣirāṭan sawiyyan

English O my father, indeed there has come to me of knowledge that which has not come to you, so follow me; I will guide you to an even path.

  1. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, [I]
  3. قَدْqadverily
  4. جَآءَنِىjāanī(has) come to me
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلْعِلْمِl-ʿil'mithe knowledge
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. لَمْlamnot
  9. يَأْتِكَyatikacame to you
  10. فَٱتَّبِعْنِىٓfa-ittabiʿ'nīso follow me
  11. أَهْدِكَahdikaI will guide you
  12. صِرَٰطًۭاṣirāṭan(to) the path
  13. سَوِيًّۭاsawiyyaneven

Verse 44

يَـٰٓأَبَتِ لَا تَعْبُدِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ كَانَ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ عَصِيًّا

Transliteration yāabati lā taʿbudi l-shayṭāna inna l-shayṭāna kāna lilrraḥmāni ʿaṣiyyan

English O my father, do not worship [i.e., obey] Satan. Indeed Satan has ever been, to the Most Merciful, disobedient.

  1. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  2. لَاlā(Do) not
  3. تَعْبُدِtaʿbudiworship
  4. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ ۖl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  7. كَانَkānais
  8. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānito the Most Gracious
  9. عَصِيًّۭاʿaṣiyyandisobedient

Verse 45

يَـٰٓأَبَتِ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ أَن يَمَسَّكَ عَذَابٌ مِّنَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ فَتَكُونَ لِلشَّيْطَـٰنِ وَلِيًّا

Transliteration yāabati innī akhāfu an yamassaka ʿadhābun mina l-raḥmāni fatakūna lilshayṭāni waliyyan

English O my father, indeed I fear that there will touch you a punishment from the Most Merciful so you would be to Satan a companion [in Hellfire]."

  1. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَمَسَّكَyamassakawill touch you
  6. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābuna punishment
  7. مِّنَminafrom
  8. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  9. فَتَكُونَfatakūnaso you would be
  10. لِلشَّيْطَـٰنِlilshayṭānito the Shaitaan
  11. وَلِيًّۭاwaliyyana friend

Verse 46

قَالَ أَرَاغِبٌ أَنتَ عَنْ ءَالِهَتِى يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ ۖ لَئِن لَّمْ تَنتَهِ لَأَرْجُمَنَّكَ ۖ وَٱهْجُرْنِى مَلِيًّا

Transliteration qāla arāghibun anta ʿan ālihatī yāib'rāhīmu la-in lam tantahi la-arjumannaka wa-uh'jur'nī maliyyan

English [His father] said, "Have you no desire for my gods, O Abraham? If you do not desist, I will surely stone you, so avoid me a prolonged time."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَرَاغِبٌarāghibunDo you hate
  3. أَنتَantaDo you hate
  4. عَنْʿan(from)
  5. ءَالِهَتِىālihatīmy gods
  6. يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ ۖyāib'rāhīmuO Ibrahim
  7. لَئِنla-inSurely, if
  8. لَّمْlamnot
  9. تَنتَهِtantahiyou desist
  10. لَأَرْجُمَنَّكَ ۖla-arjumannakasurely, I will stone you
  11. وَٱهْجُرْنِىwa-uh'jur'nīso leave me
  12. مَلِيًّۭاmaliyyan(for) a prolonged time

Verse 47

قَالَ سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكَ ۖ سَأَسْتَغْفِرُ لَكَ رَبِّىٓ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ بِى حَفِيًّا

Transliteration qāla salāmun ʿalayka sa-astaghfiru laka rabbī innahu kāna bī ḥafiyyan

English [Abraham] said, "Peace [i.e., safety] will be upon you. I will ask forgiveness for you of my Lord. Indeed, He is ever gracious to me.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace (be)
  3. عَلَيْكَ ۖʿalaykaon you
  4. سَأَسْتَغْفِرُsa-astaghfiruI will ask forgiveness
  5. لَكَlakafor you
  6. رَبِّىٓ ۖrabbī(from) my Lord
  7. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. بِىbīto me
  10. حَفِيًّۭاḥafiyyanEver Gracious

Verse 48

وَأَعْتَزِلُكُمْ وَمَا تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَدْعُوا۟ رَبِّى عَسَىٰٓ أَلَّآ أَكُونَ بِدُعَآءِ رَبِّى شَقِيًّا

Transliteration wa-aʿtazilukum wamā tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi wa-adʿū rabbī ʿasā allā akūna biduʿāi rabbī shaqiyyan

English And I will leave you and those you invoke other than Allāh and will invoke my Lord. I expect that I will not be in invocation to my Lord unhappy [i.e., disappointed]."

  1. وَأَعْتَزِلُكُمْwa-aʿtazilukumAnd I will leave you
  2. وَمَاwamāand what
  3. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou invoke
  4. مِنminbesides
  5. دُونِdūnibesides
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. وَأَدْعُوا۟wa-adʿūand I will invoke
  8. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  9. عَسَىٰٓʿasāMay be
  10. أَلَّآallāthat not
  11. أَكُونَakūnaI will be
  12. بِدُعَآءِbiduʿāiin invocation
  13. رَبِّىrabbī(to) my Lord
  14. شَقِيًّۭاshaqiyyanunblessed

Verse 49

فَلَمَّا ٱعْتَزَلَهُمْ وَمَا يَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَـٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ ۖ وَكُلًّا جَعَلْنَا نَبِيًّا

Transliteration falammā iʿ'tazalahum wamā yaʿbudūna min dūni l-lahi wahabnā lahu is'ḥāqa wayaʿqūba wakullan jaʿalnā nabiyyan

English So when he had left them and those they worshipped other than Allāh, We gave him Isaac and Jacob, and each [of them] We made a prophet.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. ٱعْتَزَلَهُمْiʿ'tazalahumhe left them
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. يَعْبُدُونَyaʿbudūnathey worshipped
  5. مِنminbesides Allah
  6. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  8. وَهَبْنَاwahabnā[and] We bestowed
  9. لَهُۥٓlahu[to] him
  10. إِسْحَـٰقَis'ḥāqaIsaac
  11. وَيَعْقُوبَ ۖwayaʿqūbaand Yaqub
  12. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanand each (of them)
  13. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe made
  14. نَبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 50

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُم مِّن رَّحْمَتِنَا وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُمْ لِسَانَ صِدْقٍ عَلِيًّا

Transliteration wawahabnā lahum min raḥmatinā wajaʿalnā lahum lisāna ṣid'qin ʿaliyyan

English And We gave them of Our mercy, and We made for them a mention [i.e., reputation] of high honor.

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We bestowed
  2. لَهُمlahumto them
  3. مِّنminof
  4. رَّحْمَتِنَاraḥmatināOur Mercy
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  6. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  7. لِسَانَlisānaa truthful mention
  8. صِدْقٍṣid'qina truthful mention
  9. عَلِيًّۭاʿaliyyanhigh

Verse 51

وَٱذْكُرْ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مُوسَىٰٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مُخْلَصًا وَكَانَ رَسُولًا نَّبِيًّا

Transliteration wa-udh'kur fī l-kitābi mūsā innahu kāna mukh'laṣan wakāna rasūlan nabiyyan

English And mention in the Book, Moses. Indeed, he was chosen, and he was a messenger and a prophet.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd mention
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  4. مُوسَىٰٓ ۚmūsāMusa
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  6. كَانَkānawas
  7. مُخْلَصًۭاmukh'laṣanchosen
  8. وَكَانَwakānaand was
  9. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger
  10. نَّبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 52

وَنَـٰدَيْنَـٰهُ مِن جَانِبِ ٱلطُّورِ ٱلْأَيْمَنِ وَقَرَّبْنَـٰهُ نَجِيًّا

Transliteration wanādaynāhu min jānibi l-ṭūri l-aymani waqarrabnāhu najiyyan

English And We called him from the side of the mount at [his] right and brought him near, confiding [to him].

  1. وَنَـٰدَيْنَـٰهُwanādaynāhuAnd We called him
  2. مِنminfrom
  3. جَانِبِjānibi(the) side
  4. ٱلطُّورِl-ṭūri(of) the Mount
  5. ٱلْأَيْمَنِl-aymanithe right
  6. وَقَرَّبْنَـٰهُwaqarrabnāhuand brought him near
  7. نَجِيًّۭاnajiyyan(for) conversation

Verse 53

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥ مِن رَّحْمَتِنَآ أَخَاهُ هَـٰرُونَ نَبِيًّا

Transliteration wawahabnā lahu min raḥmatinā akhāhu hārūna nabiyyan

English And We gave him out of Our mercy his brother Aaron as a prophet.

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We bestowed
  2. لَهُۥlahu[to] him
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. رَّحْمَتِنَآraḥmatināOur Mercy
  5. أَخَاهُakhāhuhis brother
  6. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
  7. نَبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 54

وَٱذْكُرْ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ إِسْمَـٰعِيلَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ صَادِقَ ٱلْوَعْدِ وَكَانَ رَسُولًا نَّبِيًّا

Transliteration wa-udh'kur fī l-kitābi is'māʿīla innahu kāna ṣādiqa l-waʿdi wakāna rasūlan nabiyyan

English And mention in the Book, Ishmael. Indeed, he was true to his promise, and he was a messenger and a prophet.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd mention
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  4. إِسْمَـٰعِيلَ ۚis'māʿīlaIshmael
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  6. كَانَkānawas
  7. صَادِقَṣādiqatrue
  8. ٱلْوَعْدِl-waʿdi(to his) promise
  9. وَكَانَwakānaand was
  10. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger
  11. نَّبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 55

وَكَانَ يَأْمُرُ أَهْلَهُۥ بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَٱلزَّكَوٰةِ وَكَانَ عِندَ رَبِّهِۦ مَرْضِيًّا

Transliteration wakāna yamuru ahlahu bil-ṣalati wal-zakati wakāna ʿinda rabbihi marḍiyyan

English And he used to enjoin on his people prayer and zakāh and was to his Lord pleasing [i.e., accepted by Him].

  1. وَكَانَwakānaAnd he used
  2. يَأْمُرُyamuru(to) enjoin
  3. أَهْلَهُۥahlahu(on) his people
  4. بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِbil-ṣalatithe prayer
  5. وَٱلزَّكَوٰةِwal-zakatiand zakah
  6. وَكَانَwakānaand was
  7. عِندَʿindanear
  8. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  9. مَرْضِيًّۭاmarḍiyyanpleasing

Verse 56

وَٱذْكُرْ فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ إِدْرِيسَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ صِدِّيقًا نَّبِيًّا

Transliteration wa-udh'kur fī l-kitābi id'rīsa innahu kāna ṣiddīqan nabiyyan

English And mention in the Book, Idrees. Indeed, he was a man of truth and a prophet.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd mention
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  4. إِدْرِيسَ ۚid'rīsaIdris
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  6. كَانَkānawas
  7. صِدِّيقًۭاṣiddīqantruthful
  8. نَّبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet

Verse 57

وَرَفَعْنَـٰهُ مَكَانًا عَلِيًّا

Transliteration warafaʿnāhu makānan ʿaliyyan

English And We raised him to a high station.

  1. وَرَفَعْنَـٰهُwarafaʿnāhuAnd We raised him
  2. مَكَانًاmakānan(to) a position
  3. عَلِيًّاʿaliyyanhigh

Verse 58

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ مِن ذُرِّيَّةِ ءَادَمَ وَمِمَّنْ حَمَلْنَا مَعَ نُوحٍ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّةِ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَمِمَّنْ هَدَيْنَا وَٱجْتَبَيْنَآ ۚ إِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَـٰتُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ خَرُّوا۟ سُجَّدًا وَبُكِيًّا ۩

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna anʿama l-lahu ʿalayhim mina l-nabiyīna min dhurriyyati ādama wamimman ḥamalnā maʿa nūḥin wamin dhurriyyati ib'rāhīma wa-is'rāīla wamimman hadaynā wa-ij'tabaynā idhā tut'lā ʿalayhim āyātu l-raḥmāni kharrū sujjadan wabukiyyan

English Those were the ones upon whom Allāh bestowed favor from among the prophets of the descendants of Adam and of those We carried [in the ship] with Noah, and of the descendants of Abraham and Israel [i.e., Jacob], and of those whom We guided and chose. When the verses of the Most Merciful were recited to them, they fell in prostration and weeping.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(were) the ones whom
  3. أَنْعَمَanʿamaAllah bestowed favor
  4. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah bestowed favor
  5. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  6. مِّنَminafrom (among)
  7. ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَl-nabiyīnathe Prophets
  8. مِنminof
  9. ذُرِّيَّةِdhurriyyati(the) offspring
  10. ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
  11. وَمِمَّنْwamimmanand of those
  12. حَمَلْنَاḥamalnāWe carried
  13. مَعَmaʿawith
  14. نُوحٍۢnūḥinNuh
  15. وَمِنwaminand of
  16. ذُرِّيَّةِdhurriyyati(the) offspring
  17. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(of) Ibrahim
  18. وَإِسْرَٰٓءِيلَwa-is'rāīlaand Israel
  19. وَمِمَّنْwamimmanand of (those) whom
  20. هَدَيْنَاhadaynāWe guided
  21. وَٱجْتَبَيْنَآ ۚwa-ij'tabaynāand We chose
  22. إِذَاidhāWhen
  23. تُتْلَىٰtut'lāwere recited
  24. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  25. ءَايَـٰتُāyātu(the) Verses
  26. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(of) the Most Gracious
  27. خَرُّوا۟kharrūthey fell
  28. سُجَّدًۭاsujjadanprostrating
  29. وَبُكِيًّۭا ۩wabukiyyanand weeping

Verse 59

۞ فَخَلَفَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ خَلْفٌ أَضَاعُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَلْقَوْنَ غَيًّا

Transliteration fakhalafa min baʿdihim khalfun aḍāʿū l-ṣalata wa-ittabaʿū l-shahawāti fasawfa yalqawna ghayyan

English But there came after them successors [i.e., later generations] who neglected prayer and pursued desires; so they are going to meet evil -

  1. ۞ فَخَلَفَfakhalafaThen succeeded
  2. مِنۢminafter them
  3. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  4. خَلْفٌkhalfunsuccessors
  5. أَضَاعُوا۟aḍāʿūwho neglected
  6. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  7. وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟wa-ittabaʿūand they followed
  8. ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ ۖl-shahawātithe lusts
  9. فَسَوْفَfasawfaso soon
  10. يَلْقَوْنَyalqawnathey will meet
  11. غَيًّاghayyanevil

Verse 60

إِلَّا مَن تَابَ وَءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ صَـٰلِحًا فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ شَيْـًٔا

Transliteration illā man tāba waāmana waʿamila ṣāliḥan fa-ulāika yadkhulūna l-janata walā yuẓ'lamūna shayan

English Except those who repent, believe and do righteousness; for those will enter Paradise and will not be wronged at all.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنman(one) who
  3. تَابَtābarepented
  4. وَءَامَنَwaāmanaand believed
  5. وَعَمِلَwaʿamilaand did
  6. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥangood (deeds)
  7. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikaThen those
  8. يَدْخُلُونَyadkhulūnawill enter
  9. ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يُظْلَمُونَyuẓ'lamūnathey will be wronged
  12. شَيْـًۭٔاshayan(in) anything

Verse 61

جَنَّـٰتِ عَدْنٍ ٱلَّتِى وَعَدَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ عِبَادَهُۥ بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ وَعْدُهُۥ مَأْتِيًّا

Transliteration jannāti ʿadnin allatī waʿada l-raḥmānu ʿibādahu bil-ghaybi innahu kāna waʿduhu matiyyan

English [Therein are] gardens of perpetual residence which the Most Merciful has promised His servants in the unseen. Indeed, His promise has ever been eminent.

  1. جَنَّـٰتِjannātiGardens
  2. عَدْنٍʿadnin(of) Eden
  3. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  4. وَعَدَwaʿadapromised
  5. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  6. عِبَادَهُۥʿibādahu(to) His slaves
  7. بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۚbil-ghaybiin the unseen
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, [it]
  9. كَانَkānais
  10. وَعْدُهُۥwaʿduhuHis promise
  11. مَأْتِيًّۭاmatiyyansure to come

Verse 62

لَّا يَسْمَعُونَ فِيهَا لَغْوًا إِلَّا سَلَـٰمًا ۖ وَلَهُمْ رِزْقُهُمْ فِيهَا بُكْرَةً وَعَشِيًّا

Transliteration lā yasmaʿūna fīhā laghwan illā salāman walahum riz'quhum fīhā buk'ratan waʿashiyyan

English They will not hear therein any ill speech - only [greetings of] peace - and they will have their provision therein, morning and afternoon.

  1. لَّاlāNot
  2. يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnathey will hear
  3. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  4. لَغْوًاlaghwanvain talk
  5. إِلَّاillābut
  6. سَلَـٰمًۭا ۖsalāmanpeace
  7. وَلَهُمْwalahumAnd for them
  8. رِزْقُهُمْriz'quhum(is) their provision
  9. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  10. بُكْرَةًۭbuk'ratanmorning
  11. وَعَشِيًّۭاwaʿashiyyanand evening

Verse 63

تِلْكَ ٱلْجَنَّةُ ٱلَّتِى نُورِثُ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا مَن كَانَ تَقِيًّا

Transliteration til'ka l-janatu allatī nūrithu min ʿibādinā man kāna taqiyyan

English That is Paradise, which We give as inheritance to those of Our servants who were fearing of Allāh.

  1. تِلْكَtil'kaThis
  2. ٱلْجَنَّةُl-janatu(is) Paradise
  3. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  4. نُورِثُnūrithuWe give (as) inheritance
  5. مِنْmin[of] (to)
  6. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  7. مَنman(the one) who
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. تَقِيًّۭاtaqiyyanrighteous

Verse 64

وَمَا نَتَنَزَّلُ إِلَّا بِأَمْرِ رَبِّكَ ۖ لَهُۥ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا وَمَا خَلْفَنَا وَمَا بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ ۚ وَمَا كَانَ رَبُّكَ نَسِيًّا

Transliteration wamā natanazzalu illā bi-amri rabbika lahu mā bayna aydīnā wamā khalfanā wamā bayna dhālika wamā kāna rabbuka nasiyyan

English [Gabriel said], "And we [angels] descend not except by the order of your Lord. To Him belongs that before us and that behind us and what is in between. And never is your Lord forgetful -

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نَتَنَزَّلُnatanazzaluwe descend
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. بِأَمْرِbi-amriby (the) Command
  5. رَبِّكَ ۖrabbika(of) your Lord
  6. لَهُۥlahuTo Him (belongs)
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. بَيْنَbayna(is) before us
  9. أَيْدِينَاaydīnā(is) before us
  10. وَمَاwamāand what
  11. خَلْفَنَاkhalfanā(is) behind us
  12. وَمَاwamāand what
  13. بَيْنَbayna(is) between
  14. ذَٰلِكَ ۚdhālikathat
  15. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  16. كَانَkānais
  17. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  18. نَسِيًّۭاnasiyyanforgetful

Verse 65

رَّبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا فَٱعْبُدْهُ وَٱصْطَبِرْ لِعِبَـٰدَتِهِۦ ۚ هَلْ تَعْلَمُ لَهُۥ سَمِيًّا

Transliteration rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā fa-uʿ'bud'hu wa-iṣ'ṭabir liʿibādatihi hal taʿlamu lahu samiyyan

English Lord of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them - so worship Him and have patience for His worship. Do you know of any similarity to Him?"

  1. رَّبُّrabbuLord
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  5. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between both of them
  6. فَٱعْبُدْهُfa-uʿ'bud'huso worship Him
  7. وَٱصْطَبِرْwa-iṣ'ṭabirand be constant
  8. لِعِبَـٰدَتِهِۦ ۚliʿibādatihiin His worship
  9. هَلْhalDo
  10. تَعْلَمُtaʿlamuyou know
  11. لَهُۥlahufor Him
  12. سَمِيًّۭاsamiyyanany similarity

Verse 66

وَيَقُولُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَءِذَا مَا مِتُّ لَسَوْفَ أُخْرَجُ حَيًّا

Transliteration wayaqūlu l-insānu a-idhā mā mittu lasawfa ukh'raju ḥayyan

English And man [i.e., the disbeliever] says, "When I have died, am I going to be brought forth alive?"

  1. وَيَقُولُwayaqūluAnd says
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  3. أَءِذَاa-idhāWhat! When
  4. مَاmāWhat! When
  5. مِتُّmittuI am dead
  6. لَسَوْفَlasawfasurely will
  7. أُخْرَجُukh'rajuI be brought forth
  8. حَيًّاḥayyanalive

Verse 67

أَوَلَا يَذْكُرُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَنَّا خَلَقْنَـٰهُ مِن قَبْلُ وَلَمْ يَكُ شَيْـًٔا

Transliteration awalā yadhkuru l-insānu annā khalaqnāhu min qablu walam yaku shayan

English Does man not remember that We created him before, while he was nothing?

  1. أَوَلَاawalāDoes not
  2. يَذْكُرُyadhkururemember
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  4. أَنَّاannāthat We
  5. خَلَقْنَـٰهُkhalaqnāhuWe created him
  6. مِنminbefore
  7. قَبْلُqablubefore
  8. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  9. يَكُyakuhe was
  10. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything

Verse 68

فَوَرَبِّكَ لَنَحْشُرَنَّهُمْ وَٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ ثُمَّ لَنُحْضِرَنَّهُمْ حَوْلَ جَهَنَّمَ جِثِيًّا

Transliteration fawarabbika lanaḥshurannahum wal-shayāṭīna thumma lanuḥ'ḍirannahum ḥawla jahannama jithiyyan

English So by your Lord, We will surely gather them and the devils; then We will bring them to be present around Hell upon their knees.

  1. فَوَرَبِّكَfawarabbikaSo by your Lord
  2. لَنَحْشُرَنَّهُمْlanaḥshurannahumsurely, We will gather them
  3. وَٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَwal-shayāṭīnaand the devils
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. لَنُحْضِرَنَّهُمْlanuḥ'ḍirannahumsurely, We will bring them
  6. حَوْلَḥawlaaround
  7. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  8. جِثِيًّۭاjithiyyanbent (on) knees

Verse 69

ثُمَّ لَنَنزِعَنَّ مِن كُلِّ شِيعَةٍ أَيُّهُمْ أَشَدُّ عَلَى ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ عِتِيًّا

Transliteration thumma lananziʿanna min kulli shīʿatin ayyuhum ashaddu ʿalā l-raḥmāni ʿitiyyan

English Then We will surely extract from every sect those of them who were worst against the Most Merciful in insolence.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَنَنزِعَنَّlananziʿannasurely, We will drag out
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. كُلِّkullievery
  5. شِيعَةٍshīʿatinsect
  6. أَيُّهُمْayyuhumthose of them
  7. أَشَدُّashaddu(who were) worst
  8. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  9. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  10. عِتِيًّۭاʿitiyyan(in) rebellion

Verse 70

ثُمَّ لَنَحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ أَوْلَىٰ بِهَا صِلِيًّا

Transliteration thumma lanaḥnu aʿlamu bi-alladhīna hum awlā bihā ṣiliyyan

English Then, surely it is We who are most knowing of those most worthy of burning therein.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَنَحْنُlanaḥnusurely, We
  3. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow best
  4. بِٱلَّذِينَbi-alladhīna[of] those who
  5. هُمْhum[they]
  6. أَوْلَىٰawlā(are) most worthy
  7. بِهَاbihātherein
  8. صِلِيًّۭاṣiliyyan(of) being burnt

Verse 71

وَإِن مِّنكُمْ إِلَّا وَارِدُهَا ۚ كَانَ عَلَىٰ رَبِّكَ حَتْمًا مَّقْضِيًّا

Transliteration wa-in minkum illā wāriduhā kāna ʿalā rabbika ḥatman maqḍiyyan

English And there is none of you except he will come to it. This is upon your Lord an inevitability decreed.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd (there is) not
  2. مِّنكُمْminkum(any) of you
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. وَارِدُهَا ۚwāriduhā(will be) passing over it
  5. كَانَkāna(This) is
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  7. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  8. حَتْمًۭاḥatmanan inevitability
  9. مَّقْضِيًّۭاmaqḍiyyandecreed

Verse 72

ثُمَّ نُنَجِّى ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّنَذَرُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ فِيهَا جِثِيًّا

Transliteration thumma nunajjī alladhīna ittaqaw wanadharu l-ẓālimīna fīhā jithiyyan

English Then We will save those who feared Allāh and leave the wrongdoers within it, on their knees.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. نُنَجِّىnunajjīWe will deliver
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ٱتَّقَوا۟ittaqawfeared (Allah)
  5. وَّنَذَرُwanadharuand We will leave
  6. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. جِثِيًّۭاjithiyyanbent (on) knees

Verse 73

وَإِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَـٰتُنَا بَيِّنَـٰتٍ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَىُّ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ خَيْرٌ مَّقَامًا وَأَحْسَنُ نَدِيًّا

Transliteration wa-idhā tut'lā ʿalayhim āyātunā bayyinātin qāla alladhīna kafarū lilladhīna āmanū ayyu l-farīqayni khayrun maqāman wa-aḥsanu nadiyyan

English And when Our verses are recited to them as clear evidences, those who disbelieve say to those who believe, "Which of [our] two parties is best in position and best in association?"

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. تُتْلَىٰtut'lāare recited
  3. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  4. ءَايَـٰتُنَاāyātunāOur Verses
  5. بَيِّنَـٰتٍۢbayyinātinclear
  6. قَالَqālasay
  7. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  8. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  9. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  10. ءَامَنُوٓا۟āmanūbelieved
  11. أَىُّayyuWhich
  12. ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِl-farīqayni(of) the two groups
  13. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  14. مَّقَامًۭاmaqāman(in) position
  15. وَأَحْسَنُwa-aḥsanuand best
  16. نَدِيًّۭاnadiyyan(in) assembly

Verse 74

وَكَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا قَبْلَهُم مِّن قَرْنٍ هُمْ أَحْسَنُ أَثَـٰثًا وَرِءْيًا

Transliteration wakam ahlaknā qablahum min qarnin hum aḥsanu athāthan wari'yan

English And how many a generation have We destroyed before them who were better in possessions and [outward] appearance?

  1. وَكَمْwakamAnd how many
  2. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  3. قَبْلَهُمqablahumbefore them
  4. مِّنminof
  5. قَرْنٍqarnina generation
  6. هُمْhumthey
  7. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(were) better
  8. أَثَـٰثًۭاathāthan(in) possessions
  9. وَرِءْيًۭاwari'yanand appearance

Verse 75

قُلْ مَن كَانَ فِى ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةِ فَلْيَمْدُدْ لَهُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ مَدًّا ۚ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا رَأَوْا۟ مَا يُوعَدُونَ إِمَّا ٱلْعَذَابَ وَإِمَّا ٱلسَّاعَةَ فَسَيَعْلَمُونَ مَنْ هُوَ شَرٌّ مَّكَانًا وَأَضْعَفُ جُندًا

Transliteration qul man kāna fī l-ḍalālati falyamdud lahu l-raḥmānu maddan ḥattā idhā ra-aw mā yūʿadūna immā l-ʿadhāba wa-immā l-sāʿata fasayaʿlamūna man huwa sharrun makānan wa-aḍʿafu jundan

English Say, "Whoever is in error - let the Most Merciful extend for him an extension [in wealth and time] until, when they see that which they were promised - either punishment [in this world] or the Hour [of resurrection] - they will come to know who is worst in position and weaker in soldiers."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنmanWhoever
  3. كَانَkānais
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةِl-ḍalālati[the] error
  6. فَلْيَمْدُدْfalyamdudthen surely will extend
  7. لَهُlahufor him
  8. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  9. مَدًّا ۚmaddanan extension
  10. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  11. إِذَاidhāwhen
  12. رَأَوْا۟ra-awthey see
  13. مَاmāwhat
  14. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnathey were promised
  15. إِمَّاimmāeither
  16. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  17. وَإِمَّاwa-immāor
  18. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿatathe Hour
  19. فَسَيَعْلَمُونَfasayaʿlamūnathen they will know
  20. مَنْmanwho
  21. هُوَhuwa[he]
  22. شَرٌّۭsharrun(is) worst
  23. مَّكَانًۭاmakānan(in) position
  24. وَأَضْعَفُwa-aḍʿafuand weaker
  25. جُندًۭاjundan(in) forces

Verse 76

وَيَزِيدُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱهْتَدَوْا۟ هُدًى ۗ وَٱلْبَـٰقِيَـٰتُ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتُ خَيْرٌ عِندَ رَبِّكَ ثَوَابًا وَخَيْرٌ مَّرَدًّا

Transliteration wayazīdu l-lahu alladhīna ih'tadaw hudan wal-bāqiyātu l-ṣāliḥātu khayrun ʿinda rabbika thawāban wakhayrun maraddan

English And Allāh increases those who were guided, in guidance, and the enduring good deeds are better to your Lord for reward and better for recourse.

  1. وَيَزِيدُwayazīduAnd Allah increases
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah increases
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ٱهْتَدَوْا۟ih'tadawaccept guidance
  5. هُدًۭى ۗhudan(in) guidance
  6. وَٱلْبَـٰقِيَـٰتُwal-bāqiyātuAnd the everlasting
  7. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتُl-ṣāliḥātugood deeds
  8. خَيْرٌkhayrun(are) better
  9. عِندَʿindanear
  10. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  11. ثَوَابًۭاthawāban(for) reward
  12. وَخَيْرٌۭwakhayrunand better
  13. مَّرَدًّاmaraddan(for) return

Verse 77

أَفَرَءَيْتَ ٱلَّذِى كَفَرَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَقَالَ لَأُوتَيَنَّ مَالًا وَوَلَدًا

Transliteration afara-ayta alladhī kafara biāyātinā waqāla laūtayanna mālan wawaladan

English Then, have you seen he who disbelieved in Our verses and said, "I will surely be given wealth and children [in the next life]"?

  1. أَفَرَءَيْتَafara-aytaThen, have you seen
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīhe who
  3. كَفَرَkafaradisbelieved
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  5. وَقَالَwaqālaand said
  6. لَأُوتَيَنَّlaūtayannaSurely, I will be given
  7. مَالًۭاmālanwealth
  8. وَوَلَدًاwawaladanand children

Verse 78

أَطَّلَعَ ٱلْغَيْبَ أَمِ ٱتَّخَذَ عِندَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ عَهْدًا

Transliteration aṭṭalaʿa l-ghayba ami ittakhadha ʿinda l-raḥmāni ʿahdan

English Has he looked into the unseen, or has he taken from the Most Merciful a promise?

  1. أَطَّلَعَaṭṭalaʿaHas he looked
  2. ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghayba(into) the unseen
  3. أَمِamior
  4. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhahas he taken
  5. عِندَʿindafrom
  6. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  7. عَهْدًۭاʿahdana promise

Verse 79

كَلَّا ۚ سَنَكْتُبُ مَا يَقُولُ وَنَمُدُّ لَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ مَدًّا

Transliteration kallā sanaktubu mā yaqūlu wanamuddu lahu mina l-ʿadhābi maddan

English No! We will record what he says and extend [i.e., increase] for him from the punishment extensively.

  1. كَلَّا ۚkallāNay
  2. سَنَكْتُبُsanaktubuWe will record
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. يَقُولُyaqūluhe says
  5. وَنَمُدُّwanamudduand We will extend
  6. لَهُۥlahufor him
  7. مِنَminafrom
  8. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  9. مَدًّۭاmaddanextensively

Verse 80

وَنَرِثُهُۥ مَا يَقُولُ وَيَأْتِينَا فَرْدًا

Transliteration wanarithuhu mā yaqūlu wayatīnā fardan

English And We will inherit him [in] what he mentions, and he will come to Us alone.

  1. وَنَرِثُهُۥwanarithuhuAnd We will inherit (from) him
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. يَقُولُyaqūluhe says
  4. وَيَأْتِينَاwayatīnāand he will come to Us
  5. فَرْدًۭاfardanalone

Verse 81

وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً لِّيَكُونُوا۟ لَهُمْ عِزًّا

Transliteration wa-ittakhadhū min dūni l-lahi ālihatan liyakūnū lahum ʿizzan

English And they have taken besides Allāh [false] deities that they would be for them [a source of] honor.

  1. وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟wa-ittakhadhūAnd they have taken
  2. مِنminbesides Allah
  3. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  5. ءَالِهَةًۭālihatangods
  6. لِّيَكُونُوا۟liyakūnūthat they may be
  7. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  8. عِزًّۭاʿizzanan honor

Verse 82

كَلَّا ۚ سَيَكْفُرُونَ بِعِبَادَتِهِمْ وَيَكُونُونَ عَلَيْهِمْ ضِدًّا

Transliteration kallā sayakfurūna biʿibādatihim wayakūnūna ʿalayhim ḍiddan

English No! They [i.e., those "gods"] will deny their worship of them and will be against them opponents [on the Day of Judgement].

  1. كَلَّا ۚkallāNay
  2. سَيَكْفُرُونَsayakfurūnathey will deny
  3. بِعِبَادَتِهِمْbiʿibādatihimtheir worship (of them)
  4. وَيَكُونُونَwayakūnūnaand they will be
  5. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimagainst them
  6. ضِدًّاḍiddanopponents

Verse 83

أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّآ أَرْسَلْنَا ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ تَؤُزُّهُمْ أَزًّا

Transliteration alam tara annā arsalnā l-shayāṭīna ʿalā l-kāfirīna ta-uzzuhum azzan

English Do you not see that We have sent the devils upon the disbelievers, inciting them [to evil] with [constant] incitement?

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَtarayou see
  3. أَنَّآannāthat We
  4. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnā[We] have sent
  5. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
  6. عَلَىʿalāupon
  7. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
  8. تَؤُزُّهُمْta-uzzuhuminciting them
  9. أَزًّۭاazzan(with) incitement

Verse 84

فَلَا تَعْجَلْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۖ إِنَّمَا نَعُدُّ لَهُمْ عَدًّا

Transliteration falā taʿjal ʿalayhim innamā naʿuddu lahum ʿaddan

English So be not impatient over them. We only count out [i.e., allow] to them a [limited] number.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. تَعْجَلْtaʿjalmake haste
  3. عَلَيْهِمْ ۖʿalayhimagainst them
  4. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  5. نَعُدُّnaʿudduWe count
  6. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  7. عَدًّۭاʿaddana number

Verse 85

يَوْمَ نَحْشُرُ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ إِلَى ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ وَفْدًا

Transliteration yawma naḥshuru l-mutaqīna ilā l-raḥmāni wafdan

English On the Day We will gather the righteous to the Most Merciful as a delegation

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. نَحْشُرُnaḥshuruWe will gather
  3. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīnathe righteous
  4. إِلَىilāto
  5. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  6. وَفْدًۭاwafdan(as) a delegation

Verse 86

وَنَسُوقُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ إِلَىٰ جَهَنَّمَ وِرْدًا

Transliteration wanasūqu l-muj'rimīna ilā jahannama wir'dan

English And will drive the criminals to Hell in thirst

  1. وَنَسُوقُwanasūquAnd We will drive
  2. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  5. وِرْدًۭاwir'danthirsty

Verse 87

لَّا يَمْلِكُونَ ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةَ إِلَّا مَنِ ٱتَّخَذَ عِندَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ عَهْدًا

Transliteration lā yamlikūna l-shafāʿata illā mani ittakhadha ʿinda l-raḥmāni ʿahdan

English None will have [power of] intercession except he who had taken from the Most Merciful a covenant.

  1. لَّاlāNot
  2. يَمْلِكُونَyamlikūnathey will have the power
  3. ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةَl-shafāʿata(of) the intercession
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. مَنِmani(he) who
  6. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhahas taken
  7. عِندَʿindafrom
  8. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  9. عَهْدًۭاʿahdana covenant

Verse 88

وَقَالُوا۟ ٱتَّخَذَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ وَلَدًا

Transliteration waqālū ittakhadha l-raḥmānu waladan

English And they say, "The Most Merciful has taken [for Himself] a son."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhaHas taken
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  4. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son

Verse 89

لَّقَدْ جِئْتُمْ شَيْـًٔا إِدًّا

Transliteration laqad ji'tum shayan iddan

English You have done an atrocious thing.

  1. لَّقَدْlaqadVerily
  2. جِئْتُمْji'tumyou have put forth
  3. شَيْـًٔاshayana thing
  4. إِدًّۭاiddanatrocious

Verse 90

تَكَادُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ يَتَفَطَّرْنَ مِنْهُ وَتَنشَقُّ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَتَخِرُّ ٱلْجِبَالُ هَدًّا

Transliteration takādu l-samāwātu yatafaṭṭarna min'hu watanshaqqu l-arḍu watakhirru l-jibālu haddan

English The heavens almost rupture therefrom and the earth splits open and the mountains collapse in devastation

  1. تَكَادُtakāduAlmost
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe heavens
  3. يَتَفَطَّرْنَyatafaṭṭarnaget torn
  4. مِنْهُmin'hutherefrom
  5. وَتَنشَقُّwatanshaqquand splits asunder
  6. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍuthe earth
  7. وَتَخِرُّwatakhirruand collapse
  8. ٱلْجِبَالُl-jibāluthe mountain
  9. هَدًّاhaddan(in) devastation

Verse 91

أَن دَعَوْا۟ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ وَلَدًا

Transliteration an daʿaw lilrraḥmāni waladan

English That they attribute to the Most Merciful a son.

  1. أَنanThat
  2. دَعَوْا۟daʿawthey invoke
  3. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānito the Most Gracious
  4. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son

Verse 92

وَمَا يَنۢبَغِى لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ أَن يَتَّخِذَ وَلَدًا

Transliteration wamā yanbaghī lilrraḥmāni an yattakhidha waladan

English And it is not appropriate for the Most Merciful that He should take a son.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghīis appropriate
  3. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānifor the Most Gracious
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَتَّخِذَyattakhidhaHe should take
  6. وَلَدًاwaladana son

Verse 93

إِن كُلُّ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّآ ءَاتِى ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ عَبْدًا

Transliteration in kullu man fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi illā ātī l-raḥmāni ʿabdan

English There is no one in the heavens and earth but that he comes to the Most Merciful as a servant.

  1. إِنinNot
  2. كُلُّkulluall
  3. مَنmanwho
  4. فِىfī(are) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. إِلَّآillābut
  8. ءَاتِىātī(will) come
  9. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(to) the Most Gracious
  10. عَبْدًۭاʿabdan(as) a slave

Verse 94

لَّقَدْ أَحْصَىٰهُمْ وَعَدَّهُمْ عَدًّا

Transliteration laqad aḥṣāhum waʿaddahum ʿaddan

English He has enumerated them and counted them a [full] counting.

  1. لَّقَدْlaqadVerily
  2. أَحْصَىٰهُمْaḥṣāhumHe has enumerated them
  3. وَعَدَّهُمْwaʿaddahumand counted them
  4. عَدًّۭاʿaddana counting

Verse 95

وَكُلُّهُمْ ءَاتِيهِ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ فَرْدًا

Transliteration wakulluhum ātīhi yawma l-qiyāmati fardan

English And all of them are coming to Him on the Day of Resurrection alone.

  1. وَكُلُّهُمْwakulluhumAnd all of them
  2. ءَاتِيهِātīhi(will) come (to) Him
  3. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  5. فَرْدًاfardanalone

Verse 96

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ سَيَجْعَلُ لَهُمُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ وُدًّا

Transliteration inna alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti sayajʿalu lahumu l-raḥmānu wuddan

English Indeed, those who have believed and done righteous deeds - the Most Merciful will appoint for them affection.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand did
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātigood deeds
  6. سَيَجْعَلُsayajʿaluwill bestow
  7. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  8. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  9. وُدًّۭاwuddanaffection

Verse 97

فَإِنَّمَا يَسَّرْنَـٰهُ بِلِسَانِكَ لِتُبَشِّرَ بِهِ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ وَتُنذِرَ بِهِۦ قَوْمًا لُّدًّا

Transliteration fa-innamā yassarnāhu bilisānika litubashira bihi l-mutaqīna watundhira bihi qawman luddan

English So, [O Muḥammad], We have only made it [i.e., the Qur’ān] easy in your tongue [i.e., the Arabic language] that you may give good tidings thereby to the righteous and warn thereby a hostile people.

  1. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāSo, only
  2. يَسَّرْنَـٰهُyassarnāhuWe (have) made it easy
  3. بِلِسَانِكَbilisānikain your tongue
  4. لِتُبَشِّرَlitubashirathat you may give glad tidings
  5. بِهِbihiwith it
  6. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīna(to) the righteous
  7. وَتُنذِرَwatundhiraand warn
  8. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  9. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  10. لُّدًّۭاluddanhostile

Verse 98

وَكَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا قَبْلَهُم مِّن قَرْنٍ هَلْ تُحِسُّ مِنْهُم مِّنْ أَحَدٍ أَوْ تَسْمَعُ لَهُمْ رِكْزًۢا

Transliteration wakam ahlaknā qablahum min qarnin hal tuḥissu min'hum min aḥadin aw tasmaʿu lahum rik'zan

English And how many have We destroyed before them of generations? Do you perceive of them anyone or hear from them a sound?

  1. وَكَمْwakamAnd how many
  2. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe (have) destroyed
  3. قَبْلَهُمqablahumbefore them
  4. مِّنminof
  5. قَرْنٍqarnina generation
  6. هَلْhalCan
  7. تُحِسُّtuḥissuyou perceive
  8. مِنْهُمmin'humof them
  9. مِّنْminany
  10. أَحَدٍaḥadinone
  11. أَوْawor
  12. تَسْمَعُtasmaʿuhear
  13. لَهُمْlahumfrom them
  14. رِكْزًۢاrik'zana sound

Surah Taha طه verses 1–135

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

طه

Transliteration tta-ha

English Ṭā, Hā.

  1. طهtta-haTa Ha

Verse 2

مَآ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ لِتَشْقَىٰٓ

Transliteration mā anzalnā ʿalayka l-qur'āna litashqā

English We have not sent down to you the Qur’ān that you be distressed

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe (have) sent down
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  5. لِتَشْقَىٰٓlitashqāthat you be distressed

Verse 3

إِلَّا تَذْكِرَةً لِّمَن يَخْشَىٰ

Transliteration illā tadhkiratan liman yakhshā

English But only as a reminder for those who fear [Allāh] -

  1. إِلَّاillā(But)
  2. تَذْكِرَةًۭtadhkiratan(as) a reminder
  3. لِّمَنlimanfor (those) who
  4. يَخْشَىٰyakhshāfear

Verse 4

تَنزِيلًا مِّمَّنْ خَلَقَ ٱلْأَرْضَ وَٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ ٱلْعُلَى

Transliteration tanzīlan mimman khalaqa l-arḍa wal-samāwāti l-ʿulā

English A revelation from He who created the earth and highest heavens,

  1. تَنزِيلًۭاtanzīlanA revelation
  2. مِّمَّنْmimmanfrom (He) Who
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  5. وَٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِwal-samāwātiand the heavens
  6. ٱلْعُلَىl-ʿulā[the] high

Verse 5

ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱسْتَوَىٰ

Transliteration al-raḥmānu ʿalā l-ʿarshi is'tawā

English The Most Merciful [who is] above the Throne established.

  1. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُal-raḥmānuThe Most Gracious
  2. عَلَىʿalāover
  3. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshithe Throne
  4. ٱسْتَوَىٰis'tawāis established

Verse 6

لَهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَمَا تَحْتَ ٱلثَّرَىٰ

Transliteration lahu mā fī l-samāwāti wamā fī l-arḍi wamā baynahumā wamā taḥta l-tharā

English To Him belongs what is in the heavens and what is on the earth and what is between them and what is under the soil.

  1. لَهُۥlahuTo Him (belongs)
  2. مَاmāwhatever
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. فِىfī(is) in
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  8. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  9. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between them
  10. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  11. تَحْتَtaḥta(is) under
  12. ٱلثَّرَىٰl-tharāthe soil

Verse 7

وَإِن تَجْهَرْ بِٱلْقَوْلِ فَإِنَّهُۥ يَعْلَمُ ٱلسِّرَّ وَأَخْفَى

Transliteration wa-in tajhar bil-qawli fa-innahu yaʿlamu l-sira wa-akhfā

English And if you speak aloud - then indeed, He knows the secret and what is [even] more hidden.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. تَجْهَرْtajharyou speak aloud
  3. بِٱلْقَوْلِbil-qawlithe word
  4. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuthen indeed, He
  5. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  6. ٱلسِّرَّl-sirathe secret
  7. وَأَخْفَىwa-akhfāand the more hidden

Verse 8

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ لَهُ ٱلْأَسْمَآءُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ

Transliteration al-lahu lā ilāha illā huwa lahu l-asmāu l-ḥus'nā

English Allāh - there is no deity except Him. To Him belong the best names.

  1. ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. لَآlā(there is) no
  3. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  6. لَهُlahuTo Him (belong)
  7. ٱلْأَسْمَآءُl-asmāuthe Names
  8. ٱلْحُسْنَىٰl-ḥus'nāthe Most Beautiful

Verse 9

وَهَلْ أَتَىٰكَ حَدِيثُ مُوسَىٰٓ

Transliteration wahal atāka ḥadīthu mūsā

English And has the story of Moses reached you? -

  1. وَهَلْwahalAnd has
  2. أَتَىٰكَatākacome to you
  3. حَدِيثُḥadīthuthe narration
  4. مُوسَىٰٓmūsā(of) Musa

Verse 10

إِذْ رَءَا نَارًا فَقَالَ لِأَهْلِهِ ٱمْكُثُوٓا۟ إِنِّىٓ ءَانَسْتُ نَارًا لَّعَلِّىٓ ءَاتِيكُم مِّنْهَا بِقَبَسٍ أَوْ أَجِدُ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ هُدًى

Transliteration idh raā nāran faqāla li-ahlihi um'kuthū innī ānastu nāran laʿallī ātīkum min'hā biqabasin aw ajidu ʿalā l-nāri hudan

English When he saw a fire and said to his family, "Stay here; indeed, I have perceived a fire; perhaps I can bring you a torch or find at the fire some guidance."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. نَارًۭاnārana fire
  4. فَقَالَfaqālathen he said
  5. لِأَهْلِهِli-ahlihito his family
  6. ٱمْكُثُوٓا۟um'kuthūStay here
  7. إِنِّىٓinnīindeed, I
  8. ءَانَسْتُānastu[I] perceived
  9. نَارًۭاnārana fire
  10. لَّعَلِّىٓlaʿallīperhaps I (can)
  11. ءَاتِيكُمātīkumbring you
  12. مِّنْهَاmin'hātherefrom
  13. بِقَبَسٍbiqabasina burning brand
  14. أَوْawor
  15. أَجِدُajiduI find
  16. عَلَىʿalāat
  17. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe fire
  18. هُدًۭىhudanguidance

Verse 11

فَلَمَّآ أَتَىٰهَا نُودِىَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ

Transliteration falammā atāhā nūdiya yāmūsā

English And when he came to it, he was called, "O Moses,

  1. فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
  2. أَتَىٰهَاatāhāhe came to it
  3. نُودِىَnūdiyahe was called
  4. يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 12

إِنِّىٓ أَنَا۠ رَبُّكَ فَٱخْلَعْ نَعْلَيْكَ ۖ إِنَّكَ بِٱلْوَادِ ٱلْمُقَدَّسِ طُوًى

Transliteration innī anā rabbuka fa-ikh'laʿ naʿlayka innaka bil-wādi l-muqadasi ṭuwan

English Indeed, I am your Lord, so remove your sandals. Indeed, you are in the blessed valley of Ṭuwā.

  1. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, [I]
  2. أَنَا۠anāI Am
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  4. فَٱخْلَعْfa-ikh'laʿso remove
  5. نَعْلَيْكَ ۖnaʿlaykayour shoes
  6. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  7. بِٱلْوَادِbil-wādi(are) in the valley
  8. ٱلْمُقَدَّسِl-muqadasithe sacred
  9. طُوًۭىṭuwan(of) Tuwa

Verse 13

وَأَنَا ٱخْتَرْتُكَ فَٱسْتَمِعْ لِمَا يُوحَىٰٓ

Transliteration wa-anā ikh'tartuka fa-is'tamiʿ limā yūḥā

English And I have chosen you, so listen to what is revealed [to you].

  1. وَأَنَاwa-anāAnd I
  2. ٱخْتَرْتُكَikh'tartuka(have) chosen you
  3. فَٱسْتَمِعْfa-is'tamiʿso listen
  4. لِمَاlimāto what
  5. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed

Verse 14

إِنَّنِىٓ أَنَا ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّآ أَنَا۠ فَٱعْبُدْنِى وَأَقِمِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ لِذِكْرِىٓ

Transliteration innanī anā l-lahu lā ilāha illā anā fa-uʿ'bud'nī wa-aqimi l-ṣalata lidhik'rī

English Indeed, I am Allāh. There is no deity except Me, so worship Me and establish prayer for My remembrance.

  1. إِنَّنِىٓinnanīIndeed, [I]
  2. أَنَاanāI Am
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. لَآlā(There is) no
  5. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  6. إِلَّآillābut
  7. أَنَا۠anāI
  8. فَٱعْبُدْنِىfa-uʿ'bud'nīso worship Me
  9. وَأَقِمِwa-aqimiand establish
  10. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  11. لِذِكْرِىٓlidhik'rīfor My remembrance

Verse 15

إِنَّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ ءَاتِيَةٌ أَكَادُ أُخْفِيهَا لِتُجْزَىٰ كُلُّ نَفْسٍۭ بِمَا تَسْعَىٰ

Transliteration inna l-sāʿata ātiyatun akādu ukh'fīhā lituj'zā kullu nafsin bimā tasʿā

English Indeed, the Hour is coming - I almost conceal it - so that every soul may be recompensed according to that for which it strives.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿatathe Hour
  3. ءَاتِيَةٌātiyatun(will be) coming
  4. أَكَادُakāduI almost
  5. أُخْفِيهَاukh'fīhā[I] hide it
  6. لِتُجْزَىٰlituj'zāthat may be recompensed
  7. كُلُّkulluevery
  8. نَفْسٍۭnafsinsoul
  9. بِمَاbimāfor what
  10. تَسْعَىٰtasʿāit strives

Verse 16

فَلَا يَصُدَّنَّكَ عَنْهَا مَن لَّا يُؤْمِنُ بِهَا وَٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ فَتَرْدَىٰ

Transliteration falā yaṣuddannaka ʿanhā man lā yu'minu bihā wa-ittabaʿa hawāhu fatardā

English So do not let one avert you from it who does not believe in it and follows his desire, for you [then] would perish.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. يَصُدَّنَّكَyaṣuddannaka(let) avert you
  3. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  4. مَنman(one) who
  5. لَّاlā(does) not
  6. يُؤْمِنُyu'minubelieve
  7. بِهَاbihāin it
  8. وَٱتَّبَعَwa-ittabaʿaand follows
  9. هَوَىٰهُhawāhuhis desires
  10. فَتَرْدَىٰfatardālest you perish

Verse 17

وَمَا تِلْكَ بِيَمِينِكَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration wamā til'ka biyamīnika yāmūsā

English And what is that in your right hand, O Moses?"

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  2. تِلْكَtil'ka(is) that
  3. بِيَمِينِكَbiyamīnikain your right hand
  4. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 18

قَالَ هِىَ عَصَاىَ أَتَوَكَّؤُا۟ عَلَيْهَا وَأَهُشُّ بِهَا عَلَىٰ غَنَمِى وَلِىَ فِيهَا مَـَٔارِبُ أُخْرَىٰ

Transliteration qāla hiya ʿaṣāya atawakka-u ʿalayhā wa-ahushu bihā ʿalā ghanamī waliya fīhā maāribu ukh'rā

English He said, "It is my staff; I lean upon it, and I bring down leaves for my sheep and I have therein other uses."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هِىَhiyaIt
  3. عَصَاىَʿaṣāya(is) my staff
  4. أَتَوَكَّؤُا۟atawakka-uI lean
  5. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon it
  6. وَأَهُشُّwa-ahushuand I bring down leaves
  7. بِهَاbihāwith it
  8. عَلَىٰʿalāfor
  9. غَنَمِىghanamīmy sheep
  10. وَلِىَwaliyaand for me
  11. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  12. مَـَٔارِبُmaāribu(are) uses
  13. أُخْرَىٰukh'rāother

Verse 19

قَالَ أَلْقِهَا يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration qāla alqihā yāmūsā

English [Allāh] said, "Throw it down, O Moses."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَلْقِهَاalqihāThrow it down
  3. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 20

فَأَلْقَىٰهَا فَإِذَا هِىَ حَيَّةٌ تَسْعَىٰ

Transliteration fa-alqāhā fa-idhā hiya ḥayyatun tasʿā

English So he threw it down, and thereupon it was a snake, moving swiftly.

  1. فَأَلْقَىٰهَاfa-alqāhāSo he threw it down
  2. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand behold
  3. هِىَhiyaIt
  4. حَيَّةٌۭḥayyatun(was) a snake
  5. تَسْعَىٰtasʿāmoving swiftly

Verse 21

قَالَ خُذْهَا وَلَا تَخَفْ ۖ سَنُعِيدُهَا سِيرَتَهَا ٱلْأُولَىٰ

Transliteration qāla khudh'hā walā takhaf sanuʿīduhā sīratahā l-ūlā

English [Allāh] said, "Seize it and fear not; We will return it to its former condition.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. خُذْهَاkhudh'hāSeize it
  3. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  4. تَخَفْ ۖtakhaffear
  5. سَنُعِيدُهَاsanuʿīduhāWe will return it
  6. سِيرَتَهَاsīratahā(to) its state
  7. ٱلْأُولَىٰl-ūlāthe former

Verse 22

وَٱضْمُمْ يَدَكَ إِلَىٰ جَنَاحِكَ تَخْرُجْ بَيْضَآءَ مِنْ غَيْرِ سُوٓءٍ ءَايَةً أُخْرَىٰ

Transliteration wa-uḍ'mum yadaka ilā janāḥika takhruj bayḍāa min ghayri sūin āyatan ukh'rā

English And draw in your hand to your side; it will come out white without disease - another sign,

  1. وَٱضْمُمْwa-uḍ'mumAnd draw near
  2. يَدَكَyadakayour hand
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. جَنَاحِكَjanāḥikayour side
  5. تَخْرُجْtakhrujit will come out
  6. بَيْضَآءَbayḍāawhite
  7. مِنْminwithout any
  8. غَيْرِghayriwithout any
  9. سُوٓءٍsūindisease
  10. ءَايَةًāyatan(as) a sign
  11. أُخْرَىٰukh'rāanother

Verse 23

لِنُرِيَكَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِنَا ٱلْكُبْرَى

Transliteration linuriyaka min āyātinā l-kub'rā

English That We may show you [some] of Our greater signs.

  1. لِنُرِيَكَlinuriyakaThat We may show you
  2. مِنْminof
  3. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  4. ٱلْكُبْرَىl-kub'rāthe Greatest

Verse 24

ٱذْهَبْ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّهُۥ طَغَىٰ

Transliteration idh'hab ilā fir'ʿawna innahu ṭaghā

English Go to Pharaoh. Indeed, he has transgressed [i.e., tyrannized]."

  1. ٱذْهَبْidh'habGo
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  5. طَغَىٰṭaghā(has) transgressed

Verse 25

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱشْرَحْ لِى صَدْرِى

Transliteration qāla rabbi ish'raḥ lī ṣadrī

English [Moses] said, "My Lord, expand [i.e., relax] for me my breast [with assurance]

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱشْرَحْish'raḥExpand
  4. لِىlīfor me
  5. صَدْرِىṣadrīmy breast

Verse 26

وَيَسِّرْ لِىٓ أَمْرِى

Transliteration wayassir lī amrī

English And ease for me my task

  1. وَيَسِّرْwayassirAnd ease
  2. لِىٓlīfor me
  3. أَمْرِىamrīmy task

Verse 27

وَٱحْلُلْ عُقْدَةً مِّن لِّسَانِى

Transliteration wa-uḥ'lul ʿuq'datan min lisānī

English And untie the knot from my tongue

  1. وَٱحْلُلْwa-uḥ'lulAnd untie
  2. عُقْدَةًۭʿuq'datan(the) knot
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. لِّسَانِىlisānīmy tongue

Verse 28

يَفْقَهُوا۟ قَوْلِى

Transliteration yafqahū qawlī

English That they may understand my speech.

  1. يَفْقَهُوا۟yafqahūThat they may understand
  2. قَوْلِىqawlīmy speech

Verse 29

وَٱجْعَل لِّى وَزِيرًا مِّنْ أَهْلِى

Transliteration wa-ij'ʿal lī wazīran min ahlī

English And appoint for me a minister [i.e., assistant] from my family -

  1. وَٱجْعَلwa-ij'ʿalAnd appoint
  2. لِّىlīfor me
  3. وَزِيرًۭاwazīrana minister
  4. مِّنْminfrom
  5. أَهْلِىahlīmy family

Verse 30

هَـٰرُونَ أَخِى

Transliteration hārūna akhī

English Aaron, my brother.

  1. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
  2. أَخِىakhīmy brother

Verse 31

ٱشْدُدْ بِهِۦٓ أَزْرِى

Transliteration ush'dud bihi azrī

English Increase through him my strength

  1. ٱشْدُدْush'dudReinforce
  2. بِهِۦٓbihithrough him
  3. أَزْرِىazrīmy strength

Verse 32

وَأَشْرِكْهُ فِىٓ أَمْرِى

Transliteration wa-ashrik'hu fī amrī

English And let him share my task

  1. وَأَشْرِكْهُwa-ashrik'huAnd make him share
  2. فِىٓfī[in]
  3. أَمْرِىamrīmy task

Verse 33

كَىْ نُسَبِّحَكَ كَثِيرًا

Transliteration kay nusabbiḥaka kathīran

English That we may exalt You much

  1. كَىْkayThat
  2. نُسَبِّحَكَnusabbiḥakawe may glorify You
  3. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmuch

Verse 34

وَنَذْكُرَكَ كَثِيرًا

Transliteration wanadhkuraka kathīran

English And remember You much.

  1. وَنَذْكُرَكَwanadhkurakaAnd [we] remember You
  2. كَثِيرًاkathīranmuch

Verse 35

إِنَّكَ كُنتَ بِنَا بَصِيرًا

Transliteration innaka kunta binā baṣīran

English Indeed, You are of us ever Seeing."

  1. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, [You]
  2. كُنتَkuntaYou are
  3. بِنَاbināof us
  4. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīranAll-Seer

Verse 36

قَالَ قَدْ أُوتِيتَ سُؤْلَكَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration qāla qad ūtīta su'laka yāmūsā

English [Allāh] said, "You have been granted your request, O Moses.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. قَدْqadVerily
  3. أُوتِيتَūtītayou are granted
  4. سُؤْلَكَsu'lakayour request
  5. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 37

وَلَقَدْ مَنَنَّا عَلَيْكَ مَرَّةً أُخْرَىٰٓ

Transliteration walaqad manannā ʿalayka marratan ukh'rā

English And We had already conferred favor upon you another time,

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. مَنَنَّاmanannāWe conferred a favor
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaon you
  4. مَرَّةًmarratananother time
  5. أُخْرَىٰٓukh'rāanother time

Verse 38

إِذْ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمِّكَ مَا يُوحَىٰٓ

Transliteration idh awḥaynā ilā ummika mā yūḥā

English When We inspired to your mother what We inspired,

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe inspired
  3. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  4. أُمِّكَummikayour mother
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis inspired

Verse 39

أَنِ ٱقْذِفِيهِ فِى ٱلتَّابُوتِ فَٱقْذِفِيهِ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ فَلْيُلْقِهِ ٱلْيَمُّ بِٱلسَّاحِلِ يَأْخُذْهُ عَدُوٌّ لِّى وَعَدُوٌّ لَّهُۥ ۚ وَأَلْقَيْتُ عَلَيْكَ مَحَبَّةً مِّنِّى وَلِتُصْنَعَ عَلَىٰ عَيْنِىٓ

Transliteration ani iq'dhifīhi fī l-tābūti fa-iq'dhifīhi fī l-yami falyul'qihi l-yamu bil-sāḥili yakhudh'hu ʿaduwwun lī waʿaduwwun lahu wa-alqaytu ʿalayka maḥabbatan minnī walituṣ'naʿa ʿalā ʿaynī

English [Saying], 'Cast him into the chest and cast it into the river, and the river will throw it onto the bank; there will take him an enemy to Me and an enemy to him.' And I bestowed upon you love from Me that you would be brought up under My eye [i.e., observation and care].

  1. أَنِaniThat
  2. ٱقْذِفِيهِiq'dhifīhicast him
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلتَّابُوتِl-tābūtithe chest
  5. فَٱقْذِفِيهِfa-iq'dhifīhithen cast it
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْيَمِّl-yamithe river
  8. فَلْيُلْقِهِfalyul'qihithen let cast it
  9. ٱلْيَمُّl-yamuthe river
  10. بِٱلسَّاحِلِbil-sāḥilion the bank
  11. يَأْخُذْهُyakhudh'huwill take him
  12. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwunan enemy
  13. لِّىlīto Me
  14. وَعَدُوٌّۭwaʿaduwwunand an enemy
  15. لَّهُۥ ۚlahuto him
  16. وَأَلْقَيْتُwa-alqaytuAnd I cast
  17. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaover you
  18. مَحَبَّةًۭmaḥabbatanlove
  19. مِّنِّىminnīfrom Me
  20. وَلِتُصْنَعَwalituṣ'naʿaand that you may be brought up
  21. عَلَىٰʿalāunder
  22. عَيْنِىٓʿaynīMy eye

Verse 40

إِذْ تَمْشِىٓ أُخْتُكَ فَتَقُولُ هَلْ أَدُلُّكُمْ عَلَىٰ مَن يَكْفُلُهُۥ ۖ فَرَجَعْنَـٰكَ إِلَىٰٓ أُمِّكَ كَىْ تَقَرَّ عَيْنُهَا وَلَا تَحْزَنَ ۚ وَقَتَلْتَ نَفْسًا فَنَجَّيْنَـٰكَ مِنَ ٱلْغَمِّ وَفَتَنَّـٰكَ فُتُونًا ۚ فَلَبِثْتَ سِنِينَ فِىٓ أَهْلِ مَدْيَنَ ثُمَّ جِئْتَ عَلَىٰ قَدَرٍ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration idh tamshī ukh'tuka fataqūlu hal adullukum ʿalā man yakfuluhu farajaʿnāka ilā ummika kay taqarra ʿaynuhā walā taḥzana waqatalta nafsan fanajjaynāka mina l-ghami wafatannāka futūnan falabith'ta sinīna fī ahli madyana thumma ji'ta ʿalā qadarin yāmūsā

English [And We favored you] when your sister went and said, 'Shall I direct you to someone who will be responsible for him?' So We restored you to your mother that she might be content and not grieve. And you killed someone, but We saved you from retaliation and tried you with a [severe] trial. And you remained [some] years among the people of Madyan. Then you came [here] at the decreed time, O Moses.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. تَمْشِىٓtamshīwas going
  3. أُخْتُكَukh'tukayour sister
  4. فَتَقُولُfataqūluand she said
  5. هَلْhalShall
  6. أَدُلُّكُمْadullukumI show you
  7. عَلَىٰʿalā[to]
  8. مَنman(one) who
  9. يَكْفُلُهُۥ ۖyakfuluhuwill nurse and rear him
  10. فَرَجَعْنَـٰكَfarajaʿnākaSo We returned you
  11. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  12. أُمِّكَummikayour mother
  13. كَىْkaythat
  14. تَقَرَّtaqarramay be cooled
  15. عَيْنُهَاʿaynuhāher eyes
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. تَحْزَنَ ۚtaḥzanashe grieves
  18. وَقَتَلْتَwaqataltaAnd you killed
  19. نَفْسًۭاnafsana man
  20. فَنَجَّيْنَـٰكَfanajjaynākabut We saved you
  21. مِنَminafrom
  22. ٱلْغَمِّl-ghamithe distress
  23. وَفَتَنَّـٰكَwafatannākaand We tried you
  24. فُتُونًۭا ۚfutūnan(with) a trial
  25. فَلَبِثْتَfalabith'taThen you remained
  26. سِنِينَsinīna(some) years
  27. فِىٓfīwith
  28. أَهْلِahli(the) people
  29. مَدْيَنَmadyana(of) Madyan
  30. ثُمَّthummaThen
  31. جِئْتَji'tayou came
  32. عَلَىٰʿalāat
  33. قَدَرٍۢqadarinthe decreed (time)
  34. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 41

وَٱصْطَنَعْتُكَ لِنَفْسِى

Transliteration wa-iṣ'ṭanaʿtuka linafsī

English And I produced you for Myself.

  1. وَٱصْطَنَعْتُكَwa-iṣ'ṭanaʿtukaAnd I (have) chosen you
  2. لِنَفْسِىlinafsīfor Myself

Verse 42

ٱذْهَبْ أَنتَ وَأَخُوكَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِى وَلَا تَنِيَا فِى ذِكْرِى

Transliteration idh'hab anta wa-akhūka biāyātī walā taniyā fī dhik'rī

English Go, you and your brother, with My signs and do not slacken in My remembrance.

  1. ٱذْهَبْidh'habGo
  2. أَنتَantayou
  3. وَأَخُوكَwa-akhūkaand your brother
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِىbiāyātīwith My Signs
  5. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  6. تَنِيَاtaniyāslacken
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ذِكْرِىdhik'rīMy remembrance

Verse 43

ٱذْهَبَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّهُۥ طَغَىٰ

Transliteration idh'habā ilā fir'ʿawna innahu ṭaghā

English Go, both of you, to Pharaoh. Indeed, he has transgressed.

  1. ٱذْهَبَآidh'habāGo, both of you
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  5. طَغَىٰṭaghā(has) transgressed

Verse 44

فَقُولَا لَهُۥ قَوْلًا لَّيِّنًا لَّعَلَّهُۥ يَتَذَكَّرُ أَوْ يَخْشَىٰ

Transliteration faqūlā lahu qawlan layyinan laʿallahu yatadhakkaru aw yakhshā

English And speak to him with gentle speech that perhaps he may be reminded or fear [Allāh]."

  1. فَقُولَاfaqūlāAnd speak
  2. لَهُۥlahuto him
  3. قَوْلًۭاqawlana word
  4. لَّيِّنًۭاlayyinangentle
  5. لَّعَلَّهُۥlaʿallahuperhaps he
  6. يَتَذَكَّرُyatadhakkarumay take heed
  7. أَوْawor
  8. يَخْشَىٰyakhshāfear

Verse 45

قَالَا رَبَّنَآ إِنَّنَا نَخَافُ أَن يَفْرُطَ عَلَيْنَآ أَوْ أَن يَطْغَىٰ

Transliteration qālā rabbanā innanā nakhāfu an yafruṭa ʿalaynā aw an yaṭghā

English They said, "Our Lord, indeed we are afraid that he will hasten [punishment] against us or that he will transgress."

  1. قَالَاqālāThey said
  2. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  3. إِنَّنَاinnanāIndeed, we
  4. نَخَافُnakhāfufear
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يَفْرُطَyafruṭahe will hasten
  7. عَلَيْنَآʿalaynāagainst us
  8. أَوْawor
  9. أَنanthat
  10. يَطْغَىٰyaṭghāhe will transgress

Verse 46

قَالَ لَا تَخَافَآ ۖ إِنَّنِى مَعَكُمَآ أَسْمَعُ وَأَرَىٰ

Transliteration qāla lā takhāfā innanī maʿakumā asmaʿu wa-arā

English [Allāh] said, "Fear not. Indeed, I am with you both; I hear and I see.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَاlā(Do) not
  3. تَخَافَآ ۖtakhāfāfear
  4. إِنَّنِىinnanīIndeed, I Am
  5. مَعَكُمَآmaʿakumāwith you both
  6. أَسْمَعُasmaʿuI hear
  7. وَأَرَىٰwa-arāand I see

Verse 47

فَأْتِيَاهُ فَقُولَآ إِنَّا رَسُولَا رَبِّكَ فَأَرْسِلْ مَعَنَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَلَا تُعَذِّبْهُمْ ۖ قَدْ جِئْنَـٰكَ بِـَٔايَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۖ وَٱلسَّلَـٰمُ عَلَىٰ مَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ ٱلْهُدَىٰٓ

Transliteration fatiyāhu faqūlā innā rasūlā rabbika fa-arsil maʿanā banī is'rāīla walā tuʿadhib'hum qad ji'nāka biāyatin min rabbika wal-salāmu ʿalā mani ittabaʿa l-hudā

English So go to him and say, 'Indeed, we are messengers of your Lord, so send with us the Children of Israel and do not torment them. We have come to you with a sign from your Lord. And peace will be upon he who follows the guidance.

  1. فَأْتِيَاهُfatiyāhuSo go to him
  2. فَقُولَآfaqūlāand say
  3. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  4. رَسُولَاrasūlāboth (are) Messengers
  5. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  6. فَأَرْسِلْfa-arsilso send
  7. مَعَنَاmaʿanāwith us
  8. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  9. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel
  10. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  11. تُعَذِّبْهُمْ ۖtuʿadhib'humtorment them
  12. قَدْqadVerily
  13. جِئْنَـٰكَji'nākawe came to you
  14. بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatinwith a Sign
  15. مِّنminfrom
  16. رَّبِّكَ ۖrabbikayour Lord
  17. وَٱلسَّلَـٰمُwal-salāmuAnd peace
  18. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  19. مَنِmani(one) who
  20. ٱتَّبَعَittabaʿafollows
  21. ٱلْهُدَىٰٓl-hudāthe Guidance

Verse 48

إِنَّا قَدْ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْنَآ أَنَّ ٱلْعَذَابَ عَلَىٰ مَن كَذَّبَ وَتَوَلَّىٰ

Transliteration innā qad ūḥiya ilaynā anna l-ʿadhāba ʿalā man kadhaba watawallā

English Indeed, it has been revealed to us that the punishment will be upon whoever denies and turns away.'"

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  2. قَدْqadverily
  3. أُوحِىَūḥiyait has been revealed
  4. إِلَيْنَآilaynāto us
  5. أَنَّannathat
  6. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  7. عَلَىٰʿalā(will be) on
  8. مَنman(one) who
  9. كَذَّبَkadhabadenies
  10. وَتَوَلَّىٰwatawallāand turns away

Verse 49

قَالَ فَمَن رَّبُّكُمَا يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration qāla faman rabbukumā yāmūsā

English [Pharaoh] said, "So who is the Lord of you two, O Moses?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَمَنfamanThen who
  3. رَّبُّكُمَاrabbukumā(is) your Lord
  4. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 50

قَالَ رَبُّنَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَعْطَىٰ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ خَلْقَهُۥ ثُمَّ هَدَىٰ

Transliteration qāla rabbunā alladhī aʿṭā kulla shayin khalqahu thumma hadā

English He said, "Our Lord is He who gave each thing its form and then guided [it]."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبُّنَاrabbunāOur Lord
  3. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  4. أَعْطَىٰaʿṭāgave
  5. كُلَّkulla(to) every
  6. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  7. خَلْقَهُۥkhalqahuits form
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. هَدَىٰhadāHe guided (it)

Verse 51

قَالَ فَمَا بَالُ ٱلْقُرُونِ ٱلْأُولَىٰ

Transliteration qāla famā bālu l-qurūni l-ūlā

English [Pharaoh] said, "Then what is the case of the former generations?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَمَاfamāThen what
  3. بَالُbālu(is the) case
  4. ٱلْقُرُونِl-qurūni(of) the generations
  5. ٱلْأُولَىٰl-ūlā(of) the former

Verse 52

قَالَ عِلْمُهَا عِندَ رَبِّى فِى كِتَـٰبٍ ۖ لَّا يَضِلُّ رَبِّى وَلَا يَنسَى

Transliteration qāla ʿil'muhā ʿinda rabbī fī kitābin lā yaḍillu rabbī walā yansā

English [Moses] said, "The knowledge thereof is with my Lord in a record. My Lord neither errs nor forgets."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. عِلْمُهَاʿil'muhāIts knowledge
  3. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  4. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  5. فِىfīin
  6. كِتَـٰبٍۢ ۖkitābina Record
  7. لَّاlāNot
  8. يَضِلُّyaḍilluerrs
  9. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يَنسَىyansāforgets

Verse 53

ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ مَهْدًا وَسَلَكَ لَكُمْ فِيهَا سُبُلًا وَأَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦٓ أَزْوَٰجًا مِّن نَّبَاتٍ شَتَّىٰ

Transliteration alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-arḍa mahdan wasalaka lakum fīhā subulan wa-anzala mina l-samāi māan fa-akhrajnā bihi azwājan min nabātin shattā

English [It is He] who has made for you the earth as a bed [spread out] and inserted therein for you roadways and sent down from the sky, rain and produced thereby categories of various plants.

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  3. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  4. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  5. مَهْدًۭاmahdan(as) a bed
  6. وَسَلَكَwasalakaand inserted
  7. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  8. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  9. سُبُلًۭاsubulanways
  10. وَأَنزَلَwa-anzalaand sent down
  11. مِنَminafrom
  12. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  13. مَآءًۭmāanwater
  14. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāthen We (have) brought forth
  15. بِهِۦٓbihiwith it
  16. أَزْوَٰجًۭاazwājanpairs
  17. مِّنminof
  18. نَّبَاتٍۢnabātinplants
  19. شَتَّىٰshattādiverse

Verse 54

كُلُوا۟ وَٱرْعَوْا۟ أَنْعَـٰمَكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلنُّهَىٰ

Transliteration kulū wa-ir'ʿaw anʿāmakum inna fī dhālika laāyātin li-ulī l-nuhā

English Eat [therefrom] and pasture your livestock. Indeed in that are signs for those of intelligence.

  1. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  2. وَٱرْعَوْا۟wa-ir'ʿawand pasture
  3. أَنْعَـٰمَكُمْ ۗanʿāmakumyour cattle
  4. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  7. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely (are) Signs
  8. لِّأُو۟لِىli-ulīfor possessors
  9. ٱلنُّهَىٰl-nuhā(of) intelligence

Verse 55

۞ مِنْهَا خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ وَفِيهَا نُعِيدُكُمْ وَمِنْهَا نُخْرِجُكُمْ تَارَةً أُخْرَىٰ

Transliteration min'hā khalaqnākum wafīhā nuʿīdukum wamin'hā nukh'rijukum tāratan ukh'rā

English From it [i.e., the earth] We created you, and into it We will return you, and from it We will extract you another time.

  1. ۞ مِنْهَاmin'hāFrom it
  2. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  3. وَفِيهَاwafīhāand in it
  4. نُعِيدُكُمْnuʿīdukumWe will return you
  5. وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand from it
  6. نُخْرِجُكُمْnukh'rijukumWe will bring you out
  7. تَارَةًtāratantime
  8. أُخْرَىٰukh'rāanother

Verse 56

وَلَقَدْ أَرَيْنَـٰهُ ءَايَـٰتِنَا كُلَّهَا فَكَذَّبَ وَأَبَىٰ

Transliteration walaqad araynāhu āyātinā kullahā fakadhaba wa-abā

English And We certainly showed him [i.e., Pharaoh] Our signs - all of them - but he denied and refused.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَرَيْنَـٰهُaraynāhuWe showed him
  3. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  4. كُلَّهَاkullahāall of them
  5. فَكَذَّبَfakadhababut he denied
  6. وَأَبَىٰwa-abāand refused

Verse 57

قَالَ أَجِئْتَنَا لِتُخْرِجَنَا مِنْ أَرْضِنَا بِسِحْرِكَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration qāla aji'tanā litukh'rijanā min arḍinā bisiḥ'rika yāmūsā

English He said, "Have you come to us to drive us out of our land with your magic, O Moses?

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَجِئْتَنَاaji'tanāHave you come to us
  3. لِتُخْرِجَنَاlitukh'rijanāto drive us out
  4. مِنْminof
  5. أَرْضِنَاarḍināour land
  6. بِسِحْرِكَbisiḥ'rikawith your magic
  7. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 58

فَلَنَأْتِيَنَّكَ بِسِحْرٍ مِّثْلِهِۦ فَٱجْعَلْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَكَ مَوْعِدًا لَّا نُخْلِفُهُۥ نَحْنُ وَلَآ أَنتَ مَكَانًا سُوًى

Transliteration falanatiyannaka bisiḥ'rin mith'lihi fa-ij'ʿal baynanā wabaynaka mawʿidan lā nukh'lifuhu naḥnu walā anta makānan suwan

English Then we will surely bring you magic like it, so make between us and you an appointment, which we will not fail to keep and neither will you, in a place assigned."

  1. فَلَنَأْتِيَنَّكَfalanatiyannakaThen we will surely produce for you
  2. بِسِحْرٍۢbisiḥ'rinmagic
  3. مِّثْلِهِۦmith'lihilike it
  4. فَٱجْعَلْfa-ij'ʿalSo make
  5. بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
  6. وَبَيْنَكَwabaynakaand between you
  7. مَوْعِدًۭاmawʿidanan appointment
  8. لَّاlānot
  9. نُخْلِفُهُۥnukh'lifuhuwe will fail it
  10. نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
  11. وَلَآwalāand not
  12. أَنتَantayou
  13. مَكَانًۭاmakānan(in) a place
  14. سُوًۭىsuwaneven

Verse 59

قَالَ مَوْعِدُكُمْ يَوْمُ ٱلزِّينَةِ وَأَن يُحْشَرَ ٱلنَّاسُ ضُحًى

Transliteration qāla mawʿidukum yawmu l-zīnati wa-an yuḥ'shara l-nāsu ḍuḥan

English [Moses] said, "Your appointment is on the day of the festival when the people assemble at mid-morning."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. مَوْعِدُكُمْmawʿidukumYour appointment
  3. يَوْمُyawmu(is on the) day
  4. ٱلزِّينَةِl-zīnati(of) the festival
  5. وَأَنwa-anand that
  6. يُحْشَرَyuḥ'sharawill be assembled
  7. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsuthe people
  8. ضُحًۭىḍuḥan(at) forenoon

Verse 60

فَتَوَلَّىٰ فِرْعَوْنُ فَجَمَعَ كَيْدَهُۥ ثُمَّ أَتَىٰ

Transliteration fatawallā fir'ʿawnu fajamaʿa kaydahu thumma atā

English So Pharaoh went away, put together his plan, and then came [to Moses].

  1. فَتَوَلَّىٰfatawallāThen went away
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. فَجَمَعَfajamaʿaand put together
  4. كَيْدَهُۥkaydahuhis plan
  5. ثُمَّthummathen
  6. أَتَىٰatācame

Verse 61

قَالَ لَهُم مُّوسَىٰ وَيْلَكُمْ لَا تَفْتَرُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا فَيُسْحِتَكُم بِعَذَابٍ ۖ وَقَدْ خَابَ مَنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ

Transliteration qāla lahum mūsā waylakum lā taftarū ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban fayus'ḥitakum biʿadhābin waqad khāba mani if'tarā

English Moses said to them [i.e., the magicians summoned by Pharaoh], "Woe to you! Do not invent a lie against Allāh or He will exterminate you with a punishment; and he has failed who invents [such falsehood]."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. لَهُمlahumto them
  3. مُّوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. وَيْلَكُمْwaylakumWoe to you
  5. لَاlā(Do) not
  6. تَفْتَرُوا۟taftarūinvent
  7. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. كَذِبًۭاkadhibana lie
  10. فَيُسْحِتَكُمfayus'ḥitakumlest He will destroy you
  11. بِعَذَابٍۢ ۖbiʿadhābinwith a punishment
  12. وَقَدْwaqadAnd verily
  13. خَابَkhābahe failed
  14. مَنِmaniwho
  15. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvented

Verse 62

فَتَنَـٰزَعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَهُم بَيْنَهُمْ وَأَسَرُّوا۟ ٱلنَّجْوَىٰ

Transliteration fatanāzaʿū amrahum baynahum wa-asarrū l-najwā

English So they disputed over their affair among themselves and concealed their private conversation.

  1. فَتَنَـٰزَعُوٓا۟fatanāzaʿūThen they disputed
  2. أَمْرَهُمamrahum(in) their affair
  3. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
  4. وَأَسَرُّوا۟wa-asarrūand they kept secret
  5. ٱلنَّجْوَىٰl-najwāthe private conversation

Verse 63

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَٰنِ لَسَـٰحِرَٰنِ يُرِيدَانِ أَن يُخْرِجَاكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُم بِسِحْرِهِمَا وَيَذْهَبَا بِطَرِيقَتِكُمُ ٱلْمُثْلَىٰ

Transliteration qālū in hādhāni lasāḥirāni yurīdāni an yukh'rijākum min arḍikum bisiḥ'rihimā wayadhhabā biṭarīqatikumu l-muth'lā

English They said, "Indeed, these are two magicians who want to drive you out of your land with their magic and do away with your most exemplary way [i.e., religion or tradition].

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. إِنْinIndeed
  3. هَـٰذَٰنِhādhānithese two
  4. لَسَـٰحِرَٰنِlasāḥirāni[two] magicians
  5. يُرِيدَانِyurīdānithey intend
  6. أَنanthat
  7. يُخْرِجَاكُمyukh'rijākumthey drive you out
  8. مِّنْminof
  9. أَرْضِكُمarḍikumyour land
  10. بِسِحْرِهِمَاbisiḥ'rihimāwith their magic
  11. وَيَذْهَبَاwayadhhabāand do away
  12. بِطَرِيقَتِكُمُbiṭarīqatikumuwith your way
  13. ٱلْمُثْلَىٰl-muth'lāthe exemplary

Verse 64

فَأَجْمِعُوا۟ كَيْدَكُمْ ثُمَّ ٱئْتُوا۟ صَفًّا ۚ وَقَدْ أَفْلَحَ ٱلْيَوْمَ مَنِ ٱسْتَعْلَىٰ

Transliteration fa-ajmiʿū kaydakum thumma i'tū ṣaffan waqad aflaḥa l-yawma mani is'taʿlā

English So resolve upon your plan and then come [forward] in line. And he has succeeded today who overcomes."

  1. فَأَجْمِعُوا۟fa-ajmiʿūSo put together
  2. كَيْدَكُمْkaydakumyour plan
  3. ثُمَّthummathen
  4. ٱئْتُوا۟i'tūcome
  5. صَفًّۭا ۚṣaffan(in) a line
  6. وَقَدْwaqadAnd verily
  7. أَفْلَحَaflaḥa(will be) successful
  8. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  9. مَنِmaniwho
  10. ٱسْتَعْلَىٰis'taʿlāovercomes

Verse 65

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِمَّآ أَن تُلْقِىَ وَإِمَّآ أَن نَّكُونَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ أَلْقَىٰ

Transliteration qālū yāmūsā immā an tul'qiya wa-immā an nakūna awwala man alqā

English They said, "O Moses, either you throw or we will be the first to throw."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
  3. إِمَّآimmāEither
  4. أَنan[that]
  5. تُلْقِىَtul'qiyayou throw
  6. وَإِمَّآwa-immāor
  7. أَنan[that]
  8. نَّكُونَnakūnawe will be
  9. أَوَّلَawwalathe first
  10. مَنْmanwho
  11. أَلْقَىٰalqāthrows

Verse 66

قَالَ بَلْ أَلْقُوا۟ ۖ فَإِذَا حِبَالُهُمْ وَعِصِيُّهُمْ يُخَيَّلُ إِلَيْهِ مِن سِحْرِهِمْ أَنَّهَا تَسْعَىٰ

Transliteration qāla bal alqū fa-idhā ḥibāluhum waʿiṣiyyuhum yukhayyalu ilayhi min siḥ'rihim annahā tasʿā

English He said, "Rather, you throw." And suddenly their ropes and staffs seemed to him from their magic that they were moving [like snakes].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. بَلْbalNay
  3. أَلْقُوا۟ ۖalqūyou throw
  4. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen behold
  5. حِبَالُهُمْḥibāluhumTheir ropes
  6. وَعِصِيُّهُمْwaʿiṣiyyuhumand their staffs
  7. يُخَيَّلُyukhayyaluseemed
  8. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  9. مِنminby
  10. سِحْرِهِمْsiḥ'rihimtheir magic
  11. أَنَّهَاannahāthat they
  12. تَسْعَىٰtasʿā(were) moving

Verse 67

فَأَوْجَسَ فِى نَفْسِهِۦ خِيفَةً مُّوسَىٰ

Transliteration fa-awjasa fī nafsihi khīfatan mūsā

English And he sensed within himself apprehension, did Moses.

  1. فَأَوْجَسَfa-awjasaSo sensed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. نَفْسِهِۦnafsihihimself
  4. خِيفَةًۭkhīfatana fear
  5. مُّوسَىٰmūsāMusa

Verse 68

قُلْنَا لَا تَخَفْ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْأَعْلَىٰ

Transliteration qul'nā lā takhaf innaka anta l-aʿlā

English We [i.e., Allāh] said, "Fear not. Indeed, it is you who are superior.

  1. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  2. لَاlā(Do) not
  3. تَخَفْtakhaffear
  4. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  5. أَنتَantayou
  6. ٱلْأَعْلَىٰl-aʿlā(will be) superior

Verse 69

وَأَلْقِ مَا فِى يَمِينِكَ تَلْقَفْ مَا صَنَعُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّمَا صَنَعُوا۟ كَيْدُ سَـٰحِرٍ ۖ وَلَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلسَّاحِرُ حَيْثُ أَتَىٰ

Transliteration wa-alqi mā fī yamīnika talqaf mā ṣanaʿū innamā ṣanaʿū kaydu sāḥirin walā yuf'liḥu l-sāḥiru ḥaythu atā

English And throw what is in your right hand; it will swallow up what they have crafted. What they have crafted is but the trick of a magician, and the magician will not succeed wherever he is."

  1. وَأَلْقِwa-alqiAnd throw
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. يَمِينِكَyamīnikayour right hand
  5. تَلْقَفْtalqafit will swallow up
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. صَنَعُوٓا۟ ۖṣanaʿūthey have made
  8. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  9. صَنَعُوا۟ṣanaʿūthey (have) made
  10. كَيْدُkaydua trick
  11. سَـٰحِرٍۢ ۖsāḥirin(of) a magician
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥuwill be successful
  14. ٱلسَّاحِرُl-sāḥiruthe magician
  15. حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
  16. أَتَىٰatāhe comes

Verse 70

فَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سُجَّدًا قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ هَـٰرُونَ وَمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration fa-ul'qiya l-saḥaratu sujjadan qālū āmannā birabbi hārūna wamūsā

English So the magicians fell down in prostration. They said, "We have believed in the Lord of Aaron and Moses."

  1. فَأُلْقِىَfa-ul'qiyaSo were thrown down
  2. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  3. سُجَّدًۭاsujjadanprostrating
  4. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  5. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  6. بِرَبِّbirabbiin (the) Lord
  7. هَـٰرُونَhārūna(of) Harun
  8. وَمُوسَىٰwamūsāand Musa

Verse 71

قَالَ ءَامَنتُمْ لَهُۥ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَكَبِيرُكُمُ ٱلَّذِى عَلَّمَكُمُ ٱلسِّحْرَ ۖ فَلَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَـٰفٍ وَلَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ فِى جُذُوعِ ٱلنَّخْلِ وَلَتَعْلَمُنَّ أَيُّنَآ أَشَدُّ عَذَابًا وَأَبْقَىٰ

Transliteration qāla āmantum lahu qabla an ādhana lakum innahu lakabīrukumu alladhī ʿallamakumu l-siḥ'ra fala-uqaṭṭiʿanna aydiyakum wa-arjulakum min khilāfin wala-uṣallibannakum fī judhūʿi l-nakhli walataʿlamunna ayyunā ashaddu ʿadhāban wa-abqā

English [Pharaoh] said, "You believed him [i.e., Moses] before I gave you permission. Indeed, he is your leader who has taught you magic. So I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides, and I will crucify you on the trunks of palm trees, and you will surely know which of us is more severe in [giving] punishment and more enduring."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. ءَامَنتُمْāmantumYou believe
  3. لَهُۥlahu[to] him
  4. قَبْلَqablabefore
  5. أَنْan[that]
  6. ءَاذَنَādhanaI gave permission
  7. لَكُمْ ۖlakumto you
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  9. لَكَبِيرُكُمُlakabīrukumu(is) your chief
  10. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one who
  11. عَلَّمَكُمُʿallamakumutaught you
  12. ٱلسِّحْرَ ۖl-siḥ'rathe magic
  13. فَلَأُقَطِّعَنَّfala-uqaṭṭiʿannaSo surely I will cut off
  14. أَيْدِيَكُمْaydiyakumyour hands
  15. وَأَرْجُلَكُمwa-arjulakumand your feet
  16. مِّنْminof
  17. خِلَـٰفٍۢkhilāfinopposite sides
  18. وَلَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْwala-uṣallibannakumand surely I will crucify you
  19. فِىfīon
  20. جُذُوعِjudhūʿi(the) trunks
  21. ٱلنَّخْلِl-nakhli(of) date-palms
  22. وَلَتَعْلَمُنَّwalataʿlamunnaand surely you will know
  23. أَيُّنَآayyunāwhich of us
  24. أَشَدُّashaddu(is) more severe
  25. عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(in) punishment
  26. وَأَبْقَىٰwa-abqāand more lasting

Verse 72

قَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْثِرَكَ عَلَىٰ مَا جَآءَنَا مِنَ ٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ وَٱلَّذِى فَطَرَنَا ۖ فَٱقْضِ مَآ أَنتَ قَاضٍ ۖ إِنَّمَا تَقْضِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَآ

Transliteration qālū lan nu'thiraka ʿalā mā jāanā mina l-bayināti wa-alladhī faṭaranā fa-iq'ḍi mā anta qāḍin innamā taqḍī hādhihi l-ḥayata l-dun'yā

English They said, "Never will we prefer you over what has come to us of clear proofs and [over] He who created us. So decree whatever you are to decree. You can only decree for this worldly life.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَنlanNever
  3. نُّؤْثِرَكَnu'thirakawe will prefer you
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. جَآءَنَاjāanāhas come to us
  7. مِنَminaof
  8. ٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِl-bayinātithe clear proofs
  9. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīand the One Who
  10. فَطَرَنَا ۖfaṭaranācreated us
  11. فَٱقْضِfa-iq'ḍiSo decree
  12. مَآmāwhatever
  13. أَنتَantayou
  14. قَاضٍ ۖqāḍin(are) decreeing
  15. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  16. تَقْضِىtaqḍīyou can decree
  17. هَـٰذِهِhādhihi(for) this
  18. ٱلْحَيَوٰةَl-ḥayatalife
  19. ٱلدُّنْيَآl-dun'yā(of) the world

Verse 73

إِنَّآ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّنَا لِيَغْفِرَ لَنَا خَطَـٰيَـٰنَا وَمَآ أَكْرَهْتَنَا عَلَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلسِّحْرِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ خَيْرٌ وَأَبْقَىٰٓ

Transliteration innā āmannā birabbinā liyaghfira lanā khaṭāyānā wamā akrahtanā ʿalayhi mina l-siḥ'ri wal-lahu khayrun wa-abqā

English Indeed, we have believed in our Lord that He may forgive us our sins and what you compelled us [to do] of magic. And Allāh is better and more enduring."

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, [we]
  2. ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe believe
  3. بِرَبِّنَاbirabbināin our Lord
  4. لِيَغْفِرَliyaghfirathat He may forgive
  5. لَنَاlanāfor us
  6. خَطَـٰيَـٰنَاkhaṭāyānāour sins
  7. وَمَآwamāand what
  8. أَكْرَهْتَنَاakrahtanāyou compelled us
  9. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  10. مِنَminaof
  11. ٱلسِّحْرِ ۗl-siḥ'rithe magic
  12. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  13. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) Best
  14. وَأَبْقَىٰٓwa-abqāand Ever Lasting

Verse 74

إِنَّهُۥ مَن يَأْتِ رَبَّهُۥ مُجْرِمًا فَإِنَّ لَهُۥ جَهَنَّمَ لَا يَمُوتُ فِيهَا وَلَا يَحْيَىٰ

Transliteration innahu man yati rabbahu muj'riman fa-inna lahu jahannama lā yamūtu fīhā walā yaḥyā

English Indeed, whoever comes to his Lord as a criminal - indeed, for him is Hell; he will neither die therein nor live.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  2. مَنmanwho
  3. يَأْتِyaticomes
  4. رَبَّهُۥrabbahu(to) his Lord
  5. مُجْرِمًۭاmuj'riman(as) a criminal
  6. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  7. لَهُۥlahufor him
  8. جَهَنَّمَjahannama(is) Hell
  9. لَاlāNot
  10. يَمُوتُyamūtuhe will die
  11. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. يَحْيَىٰyaḥyālive

Verse 75

وَمَن يَأْتِهِۦ مُؤْمِنًا قَدْ عَمِلَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلدَّرَجَـٰتُ ٱلْعُلَىٰ

Transliteration waman yatihi mu'minan qad ʿamila l-ṣāliḥāti fa-ulāika lahumu l-darajātu l-ʿulā

English But whoever comes to Him as a believer having done righteous deeds - for those will be the highest degrees [in position]:

  1. وَمَنwamanBut whoever
  2. يَأْتِهِۦyatihicomes to Him
  3. مُؤْمِنًۭاmu'minan(as) a believer
  4. قَدْqadverily
  5. عَمِلَʿamilahe has done
  6. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe righteous deeds
  7. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  8. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  9. ٱلدَّرَجَـٰتُl-darajātu(will be) the ranks
  10. ٱلْعُلَىٰl-ʿulā[the] high

Verse 76

جَنَّـٰتُ عَدْنٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ مَن تَزَكَّىٰ

Transliteration jannātu ʿadnin tajrī min taḥtihā l-anhāru khālidīna fīhā wadhālika jazāu man tazakkā

English Gardens of perpetual residence beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally. And that is the reward of one who purifies himself.

  1. جَنَّـٰتُjannātuGardens
  2. عَدْنٍۢʿadnin(of) Eden
  3. تَجْرِىtajrīflows
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. تَحْتِهَاtaḥtihāunderneath them
  6. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāruthe rivers
  7. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnaabiding forever
  8. فِيهَا ۚfīhāin it
  9. وَذَٰلِكَwadhālikaAnd that
  10. جَزَآءُjazāu(is) the reward
  11. مَنman(for him) who
  12. تَزَكَّىٰtazakkāpurifies himself

Verse 77

وَلَقَدْ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَسْرِ بِعِبَادِى فَٱضْرِبْ لَهُمْ طَرِيقًا فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ يَبَسًا لَّا تَخَـٰفُ دَرَكًا وَلَا تَخْشَىٰ

Transliteration walaqad awḥaynā ilā mūsā an asri biʿibādī fa-iḍ'rib lahum ṭarīqan fī l-baḥri yabasan lā takhāfu darakan walā takhshā

English And We had inspired to Moses, "Travel by night with My servants and strike for them a dry path through the sea; you will not fear being overtaken [by Pharaoh] nor be afraid [of drowning]."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe inspired
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  5. أَنْanthat
  6. أَسْرِasriTravel by night
  7. بِعِبَادِىbiʿibādīwith My slaves
  8. فَٱضْرِبْfa-iḍ'riband strike
  9. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  10. طَرِيقًۭاṭarīqana path
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  13. يَبَسًۭاyabasandry
  14. لَّاlānot
  15. تَخَـٰفُtakhāfufearing
  16. دَرَكًۭاdarakanto be overtaken
  17. وَلَاwalāand not
  18. تَخْشَىٰtakhshābeing afraid

Verse 78

فَأَتْبَعَهُمْ فِرْعَوْنُ بِجُنُودِهِۦ فَغَشِيَهُم مِّنَ ٱلْيَمِّ مَا غَشِيَهُمْ

Transliteration fa-atbaʿahum fir'ʿawnu bijunūdihi faghashiyahum mina l-yami mā ghashiyahum

English So Pharaoh pursued them with his soldiers, and there covered them from the sea that which covered them,

  1. فَأَتْبَعَهُمْfa-atbaʿahumThen followed them
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. بِجُنُودِهِۦbijunūdihiwith his forces
  4. فَغَشِيَهُمfaghashiyahumbut covered them
  5. مِّنَminafrom
  6. ٱلْيَمِّl-yamithe sea
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. غَشِيَهُمْghashiyahumcovered them

Verse 79

وَأَضَلَّ فِرْعَوْنُ قَوْمَهُۥ وَمَا هَدَىٰ

Transliteration wa-aḍalla fir'ʿawnu qawmahu wamā hadā

English And Pharaoh led his people astray and did not guide [them].

  1. وَأَضَلَّwa-aḍallaAnd led astray
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. قَوْمَهُۥqawmahuhis people
  4. وَمَاwamāand (did) not
  5. هَدَىٰhadāguide them

Verse 80

يَـٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ قَدْ أَنجَيْنَـٰكُم مِّنْ عَدُوِّكُمْ وَوَٰعَدْنَـٰكُمْ جَانِبَ ٱلطُّورِ ٱلْأَيْمَنَ وَنَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْمَنَّ وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ

Transliteration yābanī is'rāīla qad anjaynākum min ʿaduwwikum wawāʿadnākum jāniba l-ṭūri l-aymana wanazzalnā ʿalaykumu l-mana wal-salwā

English O Children of Israel, We delivered you from your enemy, and We made an appointment with you at the right side of the mount, and We sent down to you manna and quails,

  1. يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children of Israel
  2. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīlaO Children of Israel
  3. قَدْqadVerily
  4. أَنجَيْنَـٰكُمanjaynākumWe delivered you
  5. مِّنْminfrom
  6. عَدُوِّكُمْʿaduwwikumyour enemy
  7. وَوَٰعَدْنَـٰكُمْwawāʿadnākumand We made a covenant with you
  8. جَانِبَjānibaon (the) side
  9. ٱلطُّورِl-ṭūri(of) the Mount
  10. ٱلْأَيْمَنَl-aymanathe right
  11. وَنَزَّلْنَاwanazzalnāand We sent down
  12. عَلَيْكُمُʿalaykumuto you
  13. ٱلْمَنَّl-manathe Manna
  14. وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰwal-salwāand the quails

Verse 81

كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَـٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ وَلَا تَطْغَوْا۟ فِيهِ فَيَحِلَّ عَلَيْكُمْ غَضَبِى ۖ وَمَن يَحْلِلْ عَلَيْهِ غَضَبِى فَقَدْ هَوَىٰ

Transliteration kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum walā taṭghaw fīhi fayaḥilla ʿalaykum ghaḍabī waman yaḥlil ʿalayhi ghaḍabī faqad hawā

English [Saying], "Eat from the good things with which We have provided you and do not transgress [or oppress others] therein, lest My anger should descend upon you. And he upon whom My anger descends has certainly fallen [i.e., perished]."

  1. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  2. مِنminof
  3. طَيِّبَـٰتِṭayyibāti(the) good things
  4. مَاmāwhich
  5. رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْrazaqnākumWe have provided you
  6. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  7. تَطْغَوْا۟taṭghawtransgress
  8. فِيهِfīhitherein
  9. فَيَحِلَّfayaḥillalest should descend
  10. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  11. غَضَبِى ۖghaḍabīMy Anger
  12. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  13. يَحْلِلْyaḥlilon whom descends
  14. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion whom descends
  15. غَضَبِىghaḍabīMy Anger
  16. فَقَدْfaqadindeed
  17. هَوَىٰhawāhe (has) perished

Verse 82

وَإِنِّى لَغَفَّارٌ لِّمَن تَابَ وَءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ صَـٰلِحًا ثُمَّ ٱهْتَدَىٰ

Transliteration wa-innī laghaffārun liman tāba waāmana waʿamila ṣāliḥan thumma ih'tadā

English But indeed, I am the Perpetual Forgiver of whoever repents and believes and does righteousness and then continues in guidance.

  1. وَإِنِّىwa-innīBut indeed, I Am
  2. لَغَفَّارٌۭlaghaffārunthe Perpetual Forgiver
  3. لِّمَنlimanof whoever
  4. تَابَtābarepents
  5. وَءَامَنَwaāmanaand believes
  6. وَعَمِلَwaʿamilaand does
  7. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. ٱهْتَدَىٰih'tadāremains guided

Verse 83

۞ وَمَآ أَعْجَلَكَ عَن قَوْمِكَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ

Transliteration wamā aʿjalaka ʿan qawmika yāmūsā

English [Allāh said], "And what made you hasten from your people, O Moses?"

  1. ۞ وَمَآwamāAnd what
  2. أَعْجَلَكَaʿjalakamade you hasten
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. قَوْمِكَqawmikayour people
  5. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa

Verse 84

قَالَ هُمْ أُو۟لَآءِ عَلَىٰٓ أَثَرِى وَعَجِلْتُ إِلَيْكَ رَبِّ لِتَرْضَىٰ

Transliteration qāla hum ulāi ʿalā atharī waʿajil'tu ilayka rabbi litarḍā

English He said, "They are close upon my tracks, and I hastened to You, my Lord, that You be pleased."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هُمْhumThey
  3. أُو۟لَآءِulāi(are) close
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalāupon
  5. أَثَرِىatharīmy tracks
  6. وَعَجِلْتُwaʿajil'tuand I hastened
  7. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  8. رَبِّrabbimy Lord
  9. لِتَرْضَىٰlitarḍāthat You be pleased

Verse 85

قَالَ فَإِنَّا قَدْ فَتَنَّا قَوْمَكَ مِنۢ بَعْدِكَ وَأَضَلَّهُمُ ٱلسَّامِرِىُّ

Transliteration qāla fa-innā qad fatannā qawmaka min baʿdika wa-aḍallahumu l-sāmiriyu

English [Allāh] said, "But indeed, We have tried your people after you [departed], and the Sāmirī has led them astray."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَإِنَّاfa-innāBut indeed, We
  3. قَدْqad[verily]
  4. فَتَنَّاfatannāWe (have) tried
  5. قَوْمَكَqawmakayour people
  6. مِنۢminafter you
  7. بَعْدِكَbaʿdikaafter you
  8. وَأَضَلَّهُمُwa-aḍallahumuand has led them astray
  9. ٱلسَّامِرِىُّl-sāmiriyuthe Samiri

Verse 86

فَرَجَعَ مُوسَىٰٓ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ غَضْبَـٰنَ أَسِفًا ۚ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَلَمْ يَعِدْكُمْ رَبُّكُمْ وَعْدًا حَسَنًا ۚ أَفَطَالَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْعَهْدُ أَمْ أَرَدتُّمْ أَن يَحِلَّ عَلَيْكُمْ غَضَبٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَأَخْلَفْتُم مَّوْعِدِى

Transliteration farajaʿa mūsā ilā qawmihi ghaḍbāna asifan qāla yāqawmi alam yaʿid'kum rabbukum waʿdan ḥasanan afaṭāla ʿalaykumu l-ʿahdu am aradttum an yaḥilla ʿalaykum ghaḍabun min rabbikum fa-akhlaftum mawʿidī

English So Moses returned to his people, angry and grieved. He said, "O my people, did your Lord not make you a good promise? Then, was the time [of its fulfillment] too long for you, or did you wish that wrath from your Lord descend upon you, so you broke your promise [of obedience] to me?"

  1. فَرَجَعَfarajaʿaThen Musa returned
  2. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāThen Musa returned
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  5. غَضْبَـٰنَghaḍbānaangry
  6. أَسِفًۭا ۚasifan(and) sorrowful
  7. قَالَqālaHe said
  8. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  9. أَلَمْalamDid not
  10. يَعِدْكُمْyaʿid'kumpromise you
  11. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  12. وَعْدًاwaʿdana promise
  13. حَسَنًا ۚḥasanangood
  14. أَفَطَالَafaṭālaThen, did seem long
  15. عَلَيْكُمُʿalaykumuto you
  16. ٱلْعَهْدُl-ʿahduthe promise
  17. أَمْamor
  18. أَرَدتُّمْaradttumdid you desire
  19. أَنanthat
  20. يَحِلَّyaḥilladescend
  21. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  22. غَضَبٌۭghaḍabun(the) Anger
  23. مِّنminof
  24. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  25. فَأَخْلَفْتُمfa-akhlaftumso you broke
  26. مَّوْعِدِىmawʿidī(the) promise to me

Verse 87

قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَخْلَفْنَا مَوْعِدَكَ بِمَلْكِنَا وَلَـٰكِنَّا حُمِّلْنَآ أَوْزَارًا مِّن زِينَةِ ٱلْقَوْمِ فَقَذَفْنَـٰهَا فَكَذَٰلِكَ أَلْقَى ٱلسَّامِرِىُّ

Transliteration qālū mā akhlafnā mawʿidaka bimalkinā walākinnā ḥummil'nā awzāran min zīnati l-qawmi faqadhafnāhā fakadhālika alqā l-sāmiriyu

English They said, "We did not break our promise to you by our will, but we were made to carry burdens from the ornaments of the people [of Pharaoh], so we threw them [into the fire], and thus did the Sāmirī throw."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. مَآmāNot
  3. أَخْلَفْنَاakhlafnāwe broke
  4. مَوْعِدَكَmawʿidakapromise to you
  5. بِمَلْكِنَاbimalkināby our will
  6. وَلَـٰكِنَّاwalākinnābut we
  7. حُمِّلْنَآḥummil'nā[we] were made to carry
  8. أَوْزَارًۭاawzāranburdens
  9. مِّنminfrom
  10. زِينَةِzīnatiornaments
  11. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmi(of) the people
  12. فَقَذَفْنَـٰهَاfaqadhafnāhāso we threw them
  13. فَكَذَٰلِكَfakadhālikaand thus
  14. أَلْقَىalqāthrew
  15. ٱلسَّامِرِىُّl-sāmiriyuthe Samiri

Verse 88

فَأَخْرَجَ لَهُمْ عِجْلًا جَسَدًا لَّهُۥ خُوَارٌ فَقَالُوا۟ هَـٰذَآ إِلَـٰهُكُمْ وَإِلَـٰهُ مُوسَىٰ فَنَسِىَ

Transliteration fa-akhraja lahum ʿij'lan jasadan lahu khuwārun faqālū hādhā ilāhukum wa-ilāhu mūsā fanasiya

English And he extracted for them [the statue of] a calf which had a lowing sound, and they said, "This is your god and the god of Moses, but he forgot."

  1. فَأَخْرَجَfa-akhrajaThen he brought forth
  2. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  3. عِجْلًۭاʿij'lana calf's
  4. جَسَدًۭاjasadanbody
  5. لَّهُۥlahuit had
  6. خُوَارٌۭkhuwāruna lowing sound
  7. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūand they said
  8. هَـٰذَآhādhāThis
  9. إِلَـٰهُكُمْilāhukum(is) your god
  10. وَإِلَـٰهُwa-ilāhuand the god
  11. مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
  12. فَنَسِىَfanasiyabut he forgot

Verse 89

أَفَلَا يَرَوْنَ أَلَّا يَرْجِعُ إِلَيْهِمْ قَوْلًا وَلَا يَمْلِكُ لَهُمْ ضَرًّا وَلَا نَفْعًا

Transliteration afalā yarawna allā yarjiʿu ilayhim qawlan walā yamliku lahum ḍarran walā nafʿan

English Did they not see that it could not return to them any speech [i.e., response] and that it did not possess for them any harm or benefit?

  1. أَفَلَاafalāThen, did not
  2. يَرَوْنَyarawnathey see
  3. أَلَّاallāthat not
  4. يَرْجِعُyarjiʿuit (could) return
  5. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  6. قَوْلًۭاqawlana word
  7. وَلَاwalāand not
  8. يَمْلِكُyamlikupossess
  9. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  10. ضَرًّۭاḍarranany harm
  11. وَلَاwalāand not
  12. نَفْعًۭاnafʿanany benefit

Verse 90

وَلَقَدْ قَالَ لَهُمْ هَـٰرُونُ مِن قَبْلُ يَـٰقَوْمِ إِنَّمَا فُتِنتُم بِهِۦ ۖ وَإِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ فَٱتَّبِعُونِى وَأَطِيعُوٓا۟ أَمْرِى

Transliteration walaqad qāla lahum hārūnu min qablu yāqawmi innamā futintum bihi wa-inna rabbakumu l-raḥmānu fa-ittabiʿūnī wa-aṭīʿū amrī

English And Aaron had already told them before [the return of Moses], "O my people, you are only being tested by it, and indeed, your Lord is the Most Merciful, so follow me and obey my order."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. قَالَqāla(had) said
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. هَـٰرُونُhārūnuHarun
  5. مِنminbefore
  6. قَبْلُqablubefore
  7. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  8. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  9. فُتِنتُمfutintumyou are being tested
  10. بِهِۦ ۖbihiby it
  11. وَإِنَّwa-innaand indeed
  12. رَبَّكُمُrabbakumuyour Lord
  13. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānu(is) the Most Gracious
  14. فَٱتَّبِعُونِىfa-ittabiʿūnīso follow me
  15. وَأَطِيعُوٓا۟wa-aṭīʿūand obey
  16. أَمْرِىamrīmy order

Verse 91

قَالُوا۟ لَن نَّبْرَحَ عَلَيْهِ عَـٰكِفِينَ حَتَّىٰ يَرْجِعَ إِلَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ

Transliteration qālū lan nabraḥa ʿalayhi ʿākifīna ḥattā yarjiʿa ilaynā mūsā

English They said, "We will never cease being devoted to it [i.e., the calf] until Moses returns to us."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَنlanNever
  3. نَّبْرَحَnabraḥawe will cease
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhibeing devoted to it
  5. عَـٰكِفِينَʿākifīnabeing devoted to it
  6. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  7. يَرْجِعَyarjiʿareturns
  8. إِلَيْنَاilaynāto us
  9. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa

Verse 92

قَالَ يَـٰهَـٰرُونُ مَا مَنَعَكَ إِذْ رَأَيْتَهُمْ ضَلُّوٓا۟

Transliteration qāla yāhārūnu mā manaʿaka idh ra-aytahum ḍallū

English [Moses] said, "O Aaron, what prevented you, when you saw them going astray,

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰهَـٰرُونُyāhārūnuO Harun
  3. مَاmāWhat
  4. مَنَعَكَmanaʿakaprevented you
  5. إِذْidhwhen
  6. رَأَيْتَهُمْra-aytahumyou saw them
  7. ضَلُّوٓا۟ḍallūgoing astray

Verse 93

أَلَّا تَتَّبِعَنِ ۖ أَفَعَصَيْتَ أَمْرِى

Transliteration allā tattabiʿani afaʿaṣayta amrī

English From following me? Then have you disobeyed my order?"

  1. أَلَّاallāThat not
  2. تَتَّبِعَنِ ۖtattabiʿaniyou follow me
  3. أَفَعَصَيْتَafaʿaṣaytaThen, have you disobeyed
  4. أَمْرِىamrīmy order

Verse 94

قَالَ يَبْنَؤُمَّ لَا تَأْخُذْ بِلِحْيَتِى وَلَا بِرَأْسِىٓ ۖ إِنِّى خَشِيتُ أَن تَقُولَ فَرَّقْتَ بَيْنَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَلَمْ تَرْقُبْ قَوْلِى

Transliteration qāla yabna-umma lā takhudh biliḥ'yatī walā birasī innī khashītu an taqūla farraqta bayna banī is'rāīla walam tarqub qawlī

English [Aaron] said, "O son of my mother, do not seize [me] by my beard or by my head. Indeed, I feared that you would say, 'You caused division among the Children of Israel, and you did not observe [or await] my word.'"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَبْنَؤُمَّyabna-ummaO son of my mother
  3. لَاlā(Do) not
  4. تَأْخُذْtakhudhseize (me)
  5. بِلِحْيَتِىbiliḥ'yatīby my beard
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. بِرَأْسِىٓ ۖbirasīby my head
  8. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  9. خَشِيتُkhashītu[I] feared
  10. أَنanthat
  11. تَقُولَtaqūlayou would say
  12. فَرَّقْتَfarraqtaYou caused division
  13. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  14. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  15. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel
  16. وَلَمْwalamand not
  17. تَرْقُبْtarqubyou respect
  18. قَوْلِىqawlīmy word

Verse 95

قَالَ فَمَا خَطْبُكَ يَـٰسَـٰمِرِىُّ

Transliteration qāla famā khaṭbuka yāsāmiriyyu

English [Moses] said, "And what is your case, O Sāmirī?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَمَاfamāThen what
  3. خَطْبُكَkhaṭbuka(is) your case
  4. يَـٰسَـٰمِرِىُّyāsāmiriyyuO Samiri

Verse 96

قَالَ بَصُرْتُ بِمَا لَمْ يَبْصُرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَقَبَضْتُ قَبْضَةً مِّنْ أَثَرِ ٱلرَّسُولِ فَنَبَذْتُهَا وَكَذَٰلِكَ سَوَّلَتْ لِى نَفْسِى

Transliteration qāla baṣur'tu bimā lam yabṣurū bihi faqabaḍtu qabḍatan min athari l-rasūli fanabadhtuhā wakadhālika sawwalat lī nafsī

English He said, "I saw what they did not see, so I took a handful [of dust] from the track of the messenger and threw it, and thus did my soul entice me."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. بَصُرْتُbaṣur'tuI perceived
  3. بِمَاbimāwhat
  4. لَمْlamnot
  5. يَبْصُرُوا۟yabṣurūthey perceive
  6. بِهِۦbihiin it
  7. فَقَبَضْتُfaqabaḍtuso I took
  8. قَبْضَةًۭqabḍatana handful
  9. مِّنْminfrom
  10. أَثَرِathari(the) track
  11. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūli(of) the Messenger
  12. فَنَبَذْتُهَاfanabadhtuhāthen threw it
  13. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaand thus
  14. سَوَّلَتْsawwalatsuggested
  15. لِىlīto me
  16. نَفْسِىnafsīmy soul

Verse 97

قَالَ فَٱذْهَبْ فَإِنَّ لَكَ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ أَن تَقُولَ لَا مِسَاسَ ۖ وَإِنَّ لَكَ مَوْعِدًا لَّن تُخْلَفَهُۥ ۖ وَٱنظُرْ إِلَىٰٓ إِلَـٰهِكَ ٱلَّذِى ظَلْتَ عَلَيْهِ عَاكِفًا ۖ لَّنُحَرِّقَنَّهُۥ ثُمَّ لَنَنسِفَنَّهُۥ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ نَسْفًا

Transliteration qāla fa-idh'hab fa-inna laka fī l-ḥayati an taqūla lā misāsa wa-inna laka mawʿidan lan tukh'lafahu wa-unẓur ilā ilāhika alladhī ẓalta ʿalayhi ʿākifan lanuḥarriqannahu thumma lanansifannahu fī l-yami nasfan

English [Moses] said, "Then go. And indeed, it is [decreed] for you in [this] life to say, 'No contact.' And indeed, you have an appointment [in the Hereafter] you will not fail to keep. And look at your 'god' to which you remained devoted. We will surely burn it and blow it [i.e., its ashes] into the sea with a blast.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَٱذْهَبْfa-idh'habThen go
  3. فَإِنَّfa-innaAnd indeed
  4. لَكَlakafor you
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  7. أَنanthat
  8. تَقُولَtaqūlayou will say
  9. لَاlā(Do) not
  10. مِسَاسَ ۖmisāsatouch
  11. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  12. لَكَlakafor you
  13. مَوْعِدًۭاmawʿidan(is) an appointment
  14. لَّنlannever
  15. تُخْلَفَهُۥ ۖtukh'lafahuyou will fail to (keep) it
  16. وَٱنظُرْwa-unẓurAnd look
  17. إِلَىٰٓilāat
  18. إِلَـٰهِكَilāhikayour god
  19. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthat which
  20. ظَلْتَẓaltayou have remained
  21. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito it
  22. عَاكِفًۭا ۖʿākifandevoted
  23. لَّنُحَرِّقَنَّهُۥlanuḥarriqannahuSurely we will burn it
  24. ثُمَّthummathen
  25. لَنَنسِفَنَّهُۥlanansifannahucertainly we will scatter it
  26. فِىfīin
  27. ٱلْيَمِّl-yamithe sea
  28. نَسْفًاnasfan(in) particles

Verse 98

إِنَّمَآ إِلَـٰهُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَسِعَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا

Transliteration innamā ilāhukumu l-lahu alladhī lā ilāha illā huwa wasiʿa kulla shayin ʿil'man

English Your god is only Allāh, except for whom there is no deity. He has encompassed all things in knowledge."

  1. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  2. إِلَـٰهُكُمُilāhukumuyour God
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One
  5. لَآlā(there is) no
  6. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  7. إِلَّاillābut
  8. هُوَ ۚhuwaHe
  9. وَسِعَwasiʿaHe has encompassed
  10. كُلَّkullaall
  11. شَىْءٍshayinthings
  12. عِلْمًۭاʿil'man(in) knowledge

Verse 99

كَذَٰلِكَ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ مَا قَدْ سَبَقَ ۚ وَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَـٰكَ مِن لَّدُنَّا ذِكْرًا

Transliteration kadhālika naquṣṣu ʿalayka min anbāi mā qad sabaqa waqad ātaynāka min ladunnā dhik'ran

English Thus, [O Muḥammad], We relate to you from the news of what has preceded. And We have certainly given you from Us a message [i.e., the Qur’ān].

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. نَقُصُّnaquṣṣuWe relate
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. مِنْminfrom
  5. أَنۢبَآءِanbāi(the) news
  6. مَاmā(of) what
  7. قَدْqadhas preceded
  8. سَبَقَ ۚsabaqahas preceded
  9. وَقَدْwaqadAnd certainly
  10. ءَاتَيْنَـٰكَātaynākaWe have given you
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. لَّدُنَّاladunnāUs
  13. ذِكْرًۭاdhik'rana Reminder

Verse 100

مَّنْ أَعْرَضَ عَنْهُ فَإِنَّهُۥ يَحْمِلُ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ وِزْرًا

Transliteration man aʿraḍa ʿanhu fa-innahu yaḥmilu yawma l-qiyāmati wiz'ran

English Whoever turns away from it - then indeed, he will bear on the Day of Resurrection a burden [i.e., great sin],

  1. مَّنْmanWhoever
  2. أَعْرَضَaʿraḍaturns away
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  4. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuthen indeed, he
  5. يَحْمِلُyaḥmiluwill bear
  6. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  7. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) Resurrection
  8. وِزْرًاwiz'rana burden

Verse 101

خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهِ ۖ وَسَآءَ لَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ حِمْلًا

Transliteration khālidīna fīhi wasāa lahum yawma l-qiyāmati ḥim'lan

English [Abiding] eternally therein, and evil it is for them on the Day of Resurrection as a load -

  1. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnaAbiding forever
  2. فِيهِ ۖfīhiin it
  3. وَسَآءَwasāaand evil
  4. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  5. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  6. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  7. حِمْلًۭاḥim'lan(as) a load

Verse 102

يَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ ۚ وَنَحْشُرُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ يَوْمَئِذٍ زُرْقًا

Transliteration yawma yunfakhu fī l-ṣūri wanaḥshuru l-muj'rimīna yawma-idhin zur'qan

English The Day the Horn will be blown. And We will gather the criminals, that Day, blue-eyed.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. يُنفَخُyunfakhuwill be blown
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلصُّورِ ۚl-ṣūrithe Trumpet
  5. وَنَحْشُرُwanaḥshuruand We will gather
  6. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
  7. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  8. زُرْقًۭاzur'qanblue-eyed

Verse 103

يَتَخَـٰفَتُونَ بَيْنَهُمْ إِن لَّبِثْتُمْ إِلَّا عَشْرًا

Transliteration yatakhāfatūna baynahum in labith'tum illā ʿashran

English They will murmur among themselves, "You remained not but ten [days in the world]."

  1. يَتَخَـٰفَتُونَyatakhāfatūnaThey are murmuring
  2. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong themselves
  3. إِنinNot
  4. لَّبِثْتُمْlabith'tumyou remained
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept (for)
  6. عَشْرًۭاʿashranten

Verse 104

نَّحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَقُولُونَ إِذْ يَقُولُ أَمْثَلُهُمْ طَرِيقَةً إِن لَّبِثْتُمْ إِلَّا يَوْمًا

Transliteration naḥnu aʿlamu bimā yaqūlūna idh yaqūlu amthaluhum ṭarīqatan in labith'tum illā yawman

English We are most knowing of what they say when the best of them in manner [i.e., wisdom or speech] will say, "You remained not but one day."

  1. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  2. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow best
  3. بِمَاbimāwhat
  4. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey will say
  5. إِذْidhwhen
  6. يَقُولُyaqūluwill say
  7. أَمْثَلُهُمْamthaluhum(the) best of them
  8. طَرِيقَةًṭarīqatan(in) conduct
  9. إِنinNot
  10. لَّبِثْتُمْlabith'tumyou remained
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept (for)
  12. يَوْمًۭاyawmana day

Verse 105

وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلْجِبَالِ فَقُلْ يَنسِفُهَا رَبِّى نَسْفًا

Transliteration wayasalūnaka ʿani l-jibāli faqul yansifuhā rabbī nasfan

English And they ask you about the mountains, so say, "My Lord will blow them away with a blast.

  1. وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَwayasalūnakaAnd they ask you
  2. عَنِʿaniabout
  3. ٱلْجِبَالِl-jibālithe mountains
  4. فَقُلْfaqulso say
  5. يَنسِفُهَاyansifuhāWill blast them
  6. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. نَسْفًۭاnasfan(into) particles

Verse 106

فَيَذَرُهَا قَاعًا صَفْصَفًا

Transliteration fayadharuhā qāʿan ṣafṣafan

English And He will leave it [i.e., the earth] a level plain;

  1. فَيَذَرُهَاfayadharuhāThen He will leave it
  2. قَاعًۭاqāʿana level
  3. صَفْصَفًۭاṣafṣafanplain

Verse 107

لَّا تَرَىٰ فِيهَا عِوَجًا وَلَآ أَمْتًا

Transliteration lā tarā fīhā ʿiwajan walā amtan

English You will not see therein a depression or an elevation."

  1. لَّاlāNot
  2. تَرَىٰtarāyou will see
  3. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  4. عِوَجًۭاʿiwajanany crookedness
  5. وَلَآwalāand not
  6. أَمْتًۭاamtanany curve

Verse 108

يَوْمَئِذٍ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلدَّاعِىَ لَا عِوَجَ لَهُۥ ۖ وَخَشَعَتِ ٱلْأَصْوَاتُ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ فَلَا تَسْمَعُ إِلَّا هَمْسًا

Transliteration yawma-idhin yattabiʿūna l-dāʿiya lā ʿiwaja lahu wakhashaʿati l-aṣwātu lilrraḥmāni falā tasmaʿu illā hamsan

English That Day, they [i.e., everyone] will follow [the call of] the Caller [with] no deviation therefrom, and [all] voices will be stilled before the Most Merciful, so you will not hear except a whisper [of footsteps].

  1. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinOn that Day
  2. يَتَّبِعُونَyattabiʿūnathey will follow
  3. ٱلدَّاعِىَl-dāʿiyathe caller
  4. لَاlāno
  5. عِوَجَʿiwajadeviation
  6. لَهُۥ ۖlahufrom it
  7. وَخَشَعَتِwakhashaʿatiAnd (will be) humbled
  8. ٱلْأَصْوَاتُl-aṣwātuthe voices
  9. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānifor the Most Gracious
  10. فَلَاfalāso not
  11. تَسْمَعُtasmaʿuyou will hear
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. هَمْسًۭاhamsana faint sound

Verse 109

يَوْمَئِذٍ لَّا تَنفَعُ ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةُ إِلَّا مَنْ أَذِنَ لَهُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ وَرَضِىَ لَهُۥ قَوْلًا

Transliteration yawma-idhin lā tanfaʿu l-shafāʿatu illā man adhina lahu l-raḥmānu waraḍiya lahu qawlan

English That Day, no intercession will benefit except [that of] one to whom the Most Merciful has given permission and has accepted his word.

  1. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(On) that Day
  2. لَّاlānot
  3. تَنفَعُtanfaʿuwill benefit
  4. ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةُl-shafāʿatuthe intercession
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. مَنْman(to) whom
  7. أَذِنَadhinahas given permission
  8. لَهُlahu[to him]
  9. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  10. وَرَضِىَwaraḍiyaand He has accepted
  11. لَهُۥlahufor him
  12. قَوْلًۭاqawlana word

Verse 110

يَعْلَمُ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمَا خَلْفَهُمْ وَلَا يُحِيطُونَ بِهِۦ عِلْمًا

Transliteration yaʿlamu mā bayna aydīhim wamā khalfahum walā yuḥīṭūna bihi ʿil'man

English He [i.e., Allāh] knows what is [presently] before them and what will be after them, but they do not encompass it [i.e., what He knows] in knowledge.

  1. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuHe knows
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. بَيْنَbayna(is) before them
  4. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhim(is) before them
  5. وَمَاwamāand what
  6. خَلْفَهُمْkhalfahum(is) behind them
  7. وَلَاwalāwhile not
  8. يُحِيطُونَyuḥīṭūnathey encompass
  9. بِهِۦbihiit
  10. عِلْمًۭاʿil'man(in) knowledge

Verse 111

۞ وَعَنَتِ ٱلْوُجُوهُ لِلْحَىِّ ٱلْقَيُّومِ ۖ وَقَدْ خَابَ مَنْ حَمَلَ ظُلْمًا

Transliteration waʿanati l-wujūhu lil'ḥayyi l-qayūmi waqad khāba man ḥamala ẓul'man

English And [all] faces will be humbled before the Ever-Living, the Self-Sustaining. And he will have failed who carries injustice.

  1. ۞ وَعَنَتِwaʿanatiAnd (will be) humbled
  2. ٱلْوُجُوهُl-wujūhuthe faces
  3. لِلْحَىِّlil'ḥayyibefore the Ever-Living
  4. ٱلْقَيُّومِ ۖl-qayūmithe Self-Subsisting
  5. وَقَدْwaqadAnd verily
  6. خَابَkhābawill have failed
  7. مَنْman(he) who
  8. حَمَلَḥamalacarried
  9. ظُلْمًۭاẓul'manwrongdoing

Verse 112

وَمَن يَعْمَلْ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ فَلَا يَخَافُ ظُلْمًا وَلَا هَضْمًا

Transliteration waman yaʿmal mina l-ṣāliḥāti wahuwa mu'minun falā yakhāfu ẓul'man walā haḍman

English But he who does of righteous deeds while he is a believer - he will neither fear injustice nor deprivation.

  1. وَمَنwamanBut (he) who
  2. يَعْمَلْyaʿmaldoes
  3. مِنَminaof
  4. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe righteous deeds
  5. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  6. مُؤْمِنٌۭmu'minun(is) a believer
  7. فَلَاfalāthen not
  8. يَخَافُyakhāfuhe will fear
  9. ظُلْمًۭاẓul'maninjustice
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. هَضْمًۭاhaḍmandeprivation

Verse 113

وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ قُرْءَانًا عَرَبِيًّا وَصَرَّفْنَا فِيهِ مِنَ ٱلْوَعِيدِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ أَوْ يُحْدِثُ لَهُمْ ذِكْرًا

Transliteration wakadhālika anzalnāhu qur'ānan ʿarabiyyan waṣarrafnā fīhi mina l-waʿīdi laʿallahum yattaqūna aw yuḥ'dithu lahum dhik'ran

English And thus We have sent it down as an Arabic Qur’ān and have diversified therein the warnings that perhaps they will avoid [sin] or it would cause them remembrance.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have sent it down
  3. قُرْءَانًاqur'ānan(the) Quran
  4. عَرَبِيًّۭاʿarabiyyan(in) Arabic
  5. وَصَرَّفْنَاwaṣarrafnāand We have explained
  6. فِيهِfīhiin it
  7. مِنَminaof
  8. ٱلْوَعِيدِl-waʿīdithe warnings
  9. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumthat they may
  10. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear
  11. أَوْawor
  12. يُحْدِثُyuḥ'dithuit may cause
  13. لَهُمْlahum[for] them
  14. ذِكْرًۭاdhik'ranremembrance

Verse 114

فَتَعَـٰلَى ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمَلِكُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۗ وَلَا تَعْجَلْ بِٱلْقُرْءَانِ مِن قَبْلِ أَن يُقْضَىٰٓ إِلَيْكَ وَحْيُهُۥ ۖ وَقُل رَّبِّ زِدْنِى عِلْمًا

Transliteration fataʿālā l-lahu l-maliku l-ḥaqu walā taʿjal bil-qur'āni min qabli an yuq'ḍā ilayka waḥyuhu waqul rabbi zid'nī ʿil'man

English So high [above all] is Allāh, the Sovereign, the Truth. And, [O Muḥammad], do not hasten with [recitation of] the Qur’ān before its revelation is completed to you, and say, "My Lord, increase me in knowledge."

  1. فَتَعَـٰلَىfataʿālāSo high (above all)
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  3. ٱلْمَلِكُl-malikuthe King
  4. ٱلْحَقُّ ۗl-ḥaquthe True
  5. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  6. تَعْجَلْtaʿjalhasten
  7. بِٱلْقُرْءَانِbil-qur'āniwith the Quran
  8. مِنminbefore
  9. قَبْلِqablibefore
  10. أَنan[that]
  11. يُقْضَىٰٓyuq'ḍāis completed
  12. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  13. وَحْيُهُۥ ۖwaḥyuhuits revelation
  14. وَقُلwaquland say
  15. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  16. زِدْنِىzid'nīIncrease me
  17. عِلْمًۭاʿil'man(in) knowledge

Verse 115

وَلَقَدْ عَهِدْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ ءَادَمَ مِن قَبْلُ فَنَسِىَ وَلَمْ نَجِدْ لَهُۥ عَزْمًا

Transliteration walaqad ʿahid'nā ilā ādama min qablu fanasiya walam najid lahu ʿazman

English And We had already taken a promise from Adam before, but he forgot; and We found not in him determination.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. عَهِدْنَآʿahid'nāWe made a covenant
  3. إِلَىٰٓilāwith
  4. ءَادَمَādamaAdam
  5. مِنminbefore
  6. قَبْلُqablubefore
  7. فَنَسِىَfanasiyabut he forgot
  8. وَلَمْwalamand not
  9. نَجِدْnajidWe found
  10. لَهُۥlahuin him
  11. عَزْمًۭاʿazmandetermination

Verse 116

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ أَبَىٰ

Transliteration wa-idh qul'nā lil'malāikati us'judū liādama fasajadū illā ib'līsa abā

English And [mention] when We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam," and they prostrated, except Iblees; he refused.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  3. لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
  4. ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
  5. لِـَٔادَمَliādamato Adam
  6. فَسَجَدُوٓا۟fasajadūthen they prostrated
  7. إِلَّآillāexcept
  8. إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
  9. أَبَىٰabāhe refused

Verse 117

فَقُلْنَا يَـٰٓـَٔادَمُ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا عَدُوٌّ لَّكَ وَلِزَوْجِكَ فَلَا يُخْرِجَنَّكُمَا مِنَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ فَتَشْقَىٰٓ

Transliteration faqul'nā yāādamu inna hādhā ʿaduwwun laka walizawjika falā yukh'rijannakumā mina l-janati fatashqā

English So We said, "O Adam, indeed this is an enemy to you and to your wife. Then let him not remove you from Paradise so you would suffer.

  1. فَقُلْنَاfaqul'nāThen We said
  2. يَـٰٓـَٔادَمُyāādamuO Adam
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  5. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwun(is) an enemy
  6. لَّكَlakato you
  7. وَلِزَوْجِكَwalizawjikaand to your wife
  8. فَلَاfalāSo not
  9. يُخْرِجَنَّكُمَاyukh'rijannakumā(let) him drive you both
  10. مِنَminafrom
  11. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janatiParadise
  12. فَتَشْقَىٰٓfatashqāso (that) you would suffer

Verse 118

إِنَّ لَكَ أَلَّا تَجُوعَ فِيهَا وَلَا تَعْرَىٰ

Transliteration inna laka allā tajūʿa fīhā walā taʿrā

English Indeed, it is [promised] for you not to be hungry therein or be unclothed.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. لَكَlakafor you
  3. أَلَّاallāthat not
  4. تَجُوعَtajūʿayou will be hungry
  5. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. تَعْرَىٰtaʿrāyou will be unclothed

Verse 119

وَأَنَّكَ لَا تَظْمَؤُا۟ فِيهَا وَلَا تَضْحَىٰ

Transliteration wa-annaka lā taẓma-u fīhā walā taḍḥā

English And indeed, you will not be thirsty therein or be hot from the sun."

  1. وَأَنَّكَwa-annakaAnd that you
  2. لَاlānot
  3. تَظْمَؤُا۟taẓma-uwill suffer from thirst
  4. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  5. وَلَاwalāand not
  6. تَضْحَىٰtaḍḥāexposed to the sun's heat

Verse 120

فَوَسْوَسَ إِلَيْهِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ قَالَ يَـٰٓـَٔادَمُ هَلْ أَدُلُّكَ عَلَىٰ شَجَرَةِ ٱلْخُلْدِ وَمُلْكٍ لَّا يَبْلَىٰ

Transliteration fawaswasa ilayhi l-shayṭānu qāla yāādamu hal adulluka ʿalā shajarati l-khul'di wamul'kin lā yablā

English Then Satan whispered to him; he said, "O Adam, shall I direct you to the tree of eternity and possession that will not deteriorate?"

  1. فَوَسْوَسَfawaswasaThen whispered
  2. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  3. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuShaitaan
  4. قَالَqālahe said
  5. يَـٰٓـَٔادَمُyāādamuO Adam
  6. هَلْhalShall
  7. أَدُلُّكَadullukaI direct you
  8. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  9. شَجَرَةِshajarati(the) tree
  10. ٱلْخُلْدِl-khul'di(of) the Eternity
  11. وَمُلْكٍۢwamul'kinand a kingdom
  12. لَّاlānot
  13. يَبْلَىٰyablā(that will) deteriorate

Verse 121

فَأَكَلَا مِنْهَا فَبَدَتْ لَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ عَلَيْهِمَا مِن وَرَقِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۚ وَعَصَىٰٓ ءَادَمُ رَبَّهُۥ فَغَوَىٰ

Transliteration fa-akalā min'hā fabadat lahumā sawātuhumā waṭafiqā yakhṣifāni ʿalayhimā min waraqi l-janati waʿaṣā ādamu rabbahu faghawā

English And they [i.e., Adam and his wife] ate of it, and their private parts became apparent to them, and they began to fasten over themselves from the leaves of Paradise. And Adam disobeyed his Lord and erred.

  1. فَأَكَلَاfa-akalāThen they both ate
  2. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  3. فَبَدَتْfabadatso became apparent
  4. لَهُمَاlahumāto them
  5. سَوْءَٰتُهُمَاsawātuhumātheir shame
  6. وَطَفِقَاwaṭafiqāand they began
  7. يَخْصِفَانِyakhṣifāni(to) fasten
  8. عَلَيْهِمَاʿalayhimāon themselves
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. وَرَقِwaraqi(the) leaves
  11. ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۚl-janati(of) Paradise
  12. وَعَصَىٰٓwaʿaṣāAnd Adam disobeyed
  13. ءَادَمُādamuAnd Adam disobeyed
  14. رَبَّهُۥrabbahuhis Lord
  15. فَغَوَىٰfaghawāand erred

Verse 122

ثُمَّ ٱجْتَبَـٰهُ رَبُّهُۥ فَتَابَ عَلَيْهِ وَهَدَىٰ

Transliteration thumma ij'tabāhu rabbuhu fatāba ʿalayhi wahadā

English Then his Lord chose him and turned to him in forgiveness and guided [him].

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. ٱجْتَبَـٰهُij'tabāhuchose him
  3. رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
  4. فَتَابَfatābaand turned
  5. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  6. وَهَدَىٰwahadāand guided (him)

Verse 123

قَالَ ٱهْبِطَا مِنْهَا جَمِيعًۢا ۖ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ فَإِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُم مِّنِّى هُدًى فَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ هُدَاىَ فَلَا يَضِلُّ وَلَا يَشْقَىٰ

Transliteration qāla ih'biṭā min'hā jamīʿan baʿḍukum libaʿḍin ʿaduwwun fa-immā yatiyannakum minnī hudan famani ittabaʿa hudāya falā yaḍillu walā yashqā

English [Allāh] said, "Descend from it [i.e., Paradise] - all, [your descendants] being enemies to one another. And if there should come to you guidance from Me - then whoever follows My guidance will neither go astray [in the world] nor suffer [in the Hereafter].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. ٱهْبِطَاih'biṭāGo down
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  4. جَمِيعًۢا ۖjamīʿanall
  5. بَعْضُكُمْbaʿḍukumsome of you
  6. لِبَعْضٍlibaʿḍinto others
  7. عَدُوٌّۭ ۖʿaduwwun(as) enemy
  8. فَإِمَّاfa-immāThen if
  9. يَأْتِيَنَّكُمyatiyannakumcomes to you
  10. مِّنِّىminnīfrom Me
  11. هُدًۭىhudanguidance
  12. فَمَنِfamanithen whoever
  13. ٱتَّبَعَittabaʿafollows
  14. هُدَاىَhudāyaMy guidance
  15. فَلَاfalāthen not
  16. يَضِلُّyaḍilluhe will go astray
  17. وَلَاwalāand not
  18. يَشْقَىٰyashqāsuffer

Verse 124

وَمَنْ أَعْرَضَ عَن ذِكْرِى فَإِنَّ لَهُۥ مَعِيشَةً ضَنكًا وَنَحْشُرُهُۥ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ أَعْمَىٰ

Transliteration waman aʿraḍa ʿan dhik'rī fa-inna lahu maʿīshatan ḍankan wanaḥshuruhu yawma l-qiyāmati aʿmā

English And whoever turns away from My remembrance - indeed, he will have a depressed [i.e., difficult] life, and We will gather [i.e., raise] him on the Day of Resurrection blind."

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd whoever
  2. أَعْرَضَaʿraḍaturns away
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. ذِكْرِىdhik'rīMy remembrance
  5. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  6. لَهُۥlahufor him
  7. مَعِيشَةًۭmaʿīshatan(is) a life
  8. ضَنكًۭاḍankanstraitened
  9. وَنَحْشُرُهُۥwanaḥshuruhuand We will gather him
  10. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  11. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  12. أَعْمَىٰaʿmāblind

Verse 125

قَالَ رَبِّ لِمَ حَشَرْتَنِىٓ أَعْمَىٰ وَقَدْ كُنتُ بَصِيرًا

Transliteration qāla rabbi lima ḥashartanī aʿmā waqad kuntu baṣīran

English He will say, "My Lord, why have you raised me blind while I was [once] seeing?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe will say
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. لِمَlimaWhy
  4. حَشَرْتَنِىٓḥashartanīYou raised me
  5. أَعْمَىٰaʿmāblind
  6. وَقَدْwaqadwhile [verily]
  7. كُنتُkuntuI had
  8. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīransight

Verse 126

قَالَ كَذَٰلِكَ أَتَتْكَ ءَايَـٰتُنَا فَنَسِيتَهَا ۖ وَكَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْيَوْمَ تُنسَىٰ

Transliteration qāla kadhālika atatka āyātunā fanasītahā wakadhālika l-yawma tunsā

English [Allāh] will say, "Thus did Our signs come to you, and you forgot [i.e., disregarded] them; and thus will you this Day be forgotten."

  1. قَالَqālaHe will say
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  3. أَتَتْكَatatkacame to you
  4. ءَايَـٰتُنَاāyātunāOur Signs
  5. فَنَسِيتَهَا ۖfanasītahābut you forgot them
  6. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaand thus
  7. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  8. تُنسَىٰtunsāyou will be forgotten

Verse 127

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى مَنْ أَسْرَفَ وَلَمْ يُؤْمِنۢ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِۦ ۚ وَلَعَذَابُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ أَشَدُّ وَأَبْقَىٰٓ

Transliteration wakadhālika najzī man asrafa walam yu'min biāyāti rabbihi walaʿadhābu l-ākhirati ashaddu wa-abqā

English And thus do We recompense he who transgressed and did not believe in the signs of his Lord. And the punishment of the Hereafter is more severe and more enduring.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
  3. مَنْman(he) who
  4. أَسْرَفَasrafatransgresses
  5. وَلَمْwalamand not
  6. يُؤْمِنۢyu'minbelieves
  7. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin (the) Signs
  8. رَبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihi(of) his Lord
  9. وَلَعَذَابُwalaʿadhābuAnd surely (the) punishment
  10. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  11. أَشَدُّashaddu(is) more severe
  12. وَأَبْقَىٰٓwa-abqāand more lasting

Verse 128

أَفَلَمْ يَهْدِ لَهُمْ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا قَبْلَهُم مِّنَ ٱلْقُرُونِ يَمْشُونَ فِى مَسَـٰكِنِهِمْ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلنُّهَىٰ

Transliteration afalam yahdi lahum kam ahlaknā qablahum mina l-qurūni yamshūna fī masākinihim inna fī dhālika laāyātin li-ulī l-nuhā

English Then, has it not become clear to them how many generations We destroyed before them as they walk among their dwellings? Indeed in that are signs for those of intelligence.

  1. أَفَلَمْafalamThen has not
  2. يَهْدِyahdiit guided
  3. لَهُمْlahum[for] them
  4. كَمْkamhow many
  5. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe (have) destroyed
  6. قَبْلَهُمqablahumbefore them
  7. مِّنَminaof
  8. ٱلْقُرُونِl-qurūnithe generations
  9. يَمْشُونَyamshūna(as) they walk
  10. فِىfīin
  11. مَسَـٰكِنِهِمْ ۗmasākinihimtheir dwellings
  12. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  13. فِىfīin
  14. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  15. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely (are) Signs
  16. لِّأُو۟لِىli-ulīfor possessors
  17. ٱلنُّهَىٰl-nuhā(of) intelligence

Verse 129

وَلَوْلَا كَلِمَةٌ سَبَقَتْ مِن رَّبِّكَ لَكَانَ لِزَامًا وَأَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى

Transliteration walawlā kalimatun sabaqat min rabbika lakāna lizāman wa-ajalun musamman

English And if not for a word that preceded from your Lord, it [i.e., punishment] would have been an obligation [due immediately], and [if not for] a specified term [decreed].

  1. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  2. كَلِمَةٌۭkalimatun(for) a Word
  3. سَبَقَتْsabaqat(that) preceded
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  6. لَكَانَlakānasurely (would) have been
  7. لِزَامًۭاlizāmanan obligation
  8. وَأَجَلٌۭwa-ajalunand a term
  9. مُّسَمًّۭىmusammandetermined

Verse 130

فَٱصْبِرْ عَلَىٰ مَا يَقُولُونَ وَسَبِّحْ بِحَمْدِ رَبِّكَ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ ٱلشَّمْسِ وَقَبْلَ غُرُوبِهَا ۖ وَمِنْ ءَانَآئِ ٱلَّيْلِ فَسَبِّحْ وَأَطْرَافَ ٱلنَّهَارِ لَعَلَّكَ تَرْضَىٰ

Transliteration fa-iṣ'bir ʿalā mā yaqūlūna wasabbiḥ biḥamdi rabbika qabla ṭulūʿi l-shamsi waqabla ghurūbihā wamin ānāi al-layli fasabbiḥ wa-aṭrāfa l-nahāri laʿallaka tarḍā

English So be patient over what they say and exalt [Allāh] with praise of your Lord before the rising of the sun and before its setting; and during periods of the night [exalt Him] and at the ends of the day, that you may be satisfied.

  1. فَٱصْبِرْfa-iṣ'birSo be patient
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  5. وَسَبِّحْwasabbiḥand glorify
  6. بِحَمْدِbiḥamdiwith praise
  7. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  8. قَبْلَqablabefore
  9. طُلُوعِṭulūʿi(the) rising
  10. ٱلشَّمْسِl-shamsi(of) the sun
  11. وَقَبْلَwaqablaand before
  12. غُرُوبِهَا ۖghurūbihāits setting
  13. وَمِنْwaminand from
  14. ءَانَآئِānāi(the) hours
  15. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  16. فَسَبِّحْfasabbiḥand glorify
  17. وَأَطْرَافَwa-aṭrāfa(at the) ends
  18. ٱلنَّهَارِl-nahāri(of) the day
  19. لَعَلَّكَlaʿallakaso that you may
  20. تَرْضَىٰtarḍābe satisfied

Verse 131

وَلَا تَمُدَّنَّ عَيْنَيْكَ إِلَىٰ مَا مَتَّعْنَا بِهِۦٓ أَزْوَٰجًا مِّنْهُمْ زَهْرَةَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا لِنَفْتِنَهُمْ فِيهِ ۚ وَرِزْقُ رَبِّكَ خَيْرٌ وَأَبْقَىٰ

Transliteration walā tamuddanna ʿaynayka ilā mā mattaʿnā bihi azwājan min'hum zahrata l-ḥayati l-dun'yā linaftinahum fīhi wariz'qu rabbika khayrun wa-abqā

English And do not extend your eyes toward that by which We have given enjoyment to [some] categories of them, [its being but] the splendor of worldly life by which We test them. And the provision of your Lord is better and more enduring.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَمُدَّنَّtamuddannaextend
  3. عَيْنَيْكَʿaynaykayour eyes
  4. إِلَىٰilātowards
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. مَتَّعْنَاmattaʿnāWe have given for enjoyment
  7. بِهِۦٓbihi[with it]
  8. أَزْوَٰجًۭاazwājanpairs
  9. مِّنْهُمْmin'humof them
  10. زَهْرَةَzahrata(the) splendor
  11. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  12. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  13. لِنَفْتِنَهُمْlinaftinahumthat We may test them
  14. فِيهِ ۚfīhiin it
  15. وَرِزْقُwariz'quAnd (the) provision
  16. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  17. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  18. وَأَبْقَىٰwa-abqāand more lasting

Verse 132

وَأْمُرْ أَهْلَكَ بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَٱصْطَبِرْ عَلَيْهَا ۖ لَا نَسْـَٔلُكَ رِزْقًا ۖ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُكَ ۗ وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُ لِلتَّقْوَىٰ

Transliteration wamur ahlaka bil-ṣalati wa-iṣ'ṭabir ʿalayhā lā nasaluka riz'qan naḥnu narzuquka wal-ʿāqibatu lilttaqwā

English And enjoin prayer upon your family [and people] and be steadfast therein. We ask you not for provision; We provide for you, and the [best] outcome is for [those of] righteousness.

  1. وَأْمُرْwamurAnd enjoin
  2. أَهْلَكَahlaka(on) your family
  3. بِٱلصَّلَوٰةِbil-ṣalatithe prayer
  4. وَٱصْطَبِرْwa-iṣ'ṭabirand be steadfast
  5. عَلَيْهَا ۖʿalayhātherein
  6. لَاlāNot
  7. نَسْـَٔلُكَnasalukaWe ask you
  8. رِزْقًۭا ۖriz'qan(for) provision
  9. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  10. نَرْزُقُكَ ۗnarzuqukaprovide (for) you
  11. وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُwal-ʿāqibatuand the outcome
  12. لِلتَّقْوَىٰlilttaqwā(is) for the righteous[ness]

Verse 133

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا يَأْتِينَا بِـَٔايَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦٓ ۚ أَوَلَمْ تَأْتِهِم بَيِّنَةُ مَا فِى ٱلصُّحُفِ ٱلْأُولَىٰ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā yatīnā biāyatin min rabbihi awalam tatihim bayyinatu mā fī l-ṣuḥufi l-ūlā

English And they say, "Why does he not bring us a sign from his Lord?" Has there not come to them evidence of what was in the former scriptures?

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy not
  3. يَأْتِينَاyatīnāhe brings us
  4. بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatina sign
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّهِۦٓ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  7. أَوَلَمْawalamHas not
  8. تَأْتِهِمtatihimcome to them
  9. بَيِّنَةُbayyinatuevidence
  10. مَاmā(of) what
  11. فِىfī(was) in
  12. ٱلصُّحُفِl-ṣuḥufithe Scriptures
  13. ٱلْأُولَىٰl-ūlāthe former

Verse 134

وَلَوْ أَنَّآ أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُم بِعَذَابٍ مِّن قَبْلِهِۦ لَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَوْلَآ أَرْسَلْتَ إِلَيْنَا رَسُولًا فَنَتَّبِعَ ءَايَـٰتِكَ مِن قَبْلِ أَن نَّذِلَّ وَنَخْزَىٰ

Transliteration walaw annā ahlaknāhum biʿadhābin min qablihi laqālū rabbanā lawlā arsalta ilaynā rasūlan fanattabiʿa āyātika min qabli an nadhilla wanakhzā

English And if We had destroyed them with a punishment before him, they would have said, "Our Lord, why did You not send to us a messenger so we could have followed Your verses [i.e., teachings] before we were humiliated and disgraced?"

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. أَنَّآannāWe
  3. أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمahlaknāhum(had) destroyed them
  4. بِعَذَابٍۢbiʿadhābinwith a punishment
  5. مِّنminbefore him
  6. قَبْلِهِۦqablihibefore him
  7. لَقَالُوا۟laqālūsurely they (would) have said
  8. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  9. لَوْلَآlawlāwhy not
  10. أَرْسَلْتَarsaltaYou sent
  11. إِلَيْنَاilaynāto us
  12. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger
  13. فَنَتَّبِعَfanattabiʿaso we (could) have followed
  14. ءَايَـٰتِكَāyātikaYour signs
  15. مِنminbefore
  16. قَبْلِqablibefore
  17. أَنan[that]
  18. نَّذِلَّnadhillawe were humiliated
  19. وَنَخْزَىٰwanakhzāand disgraced

Verse 135

قُلْ كُلٌّ مُّتَرَبِّصٌ فَتَرَبَّصُوا۟ ۖ فَسَتَعْلَمُونَ مَنْ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلصِّرَٰطِ ٱلسَّوِىِّ وَمَنِ ٱهْتَدَىٰ

Transliteration qul kullun mutarabbiṣun fatarabbaṣū fasataʿlamūna man aṣḥābu l-ṣirāṭi l-sawiyi wamani ih'tadā

English Say, "Each [of us] is waiting; so wait. For you will know who are the companions of the sound path and who is guided."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. كُلٌّۭkullunEach
  3. مُّتَرَبِّصٌۭmutarabbiṣun(is) waiting
  4. فَتَرَبَّصُوا۟ ۖfatarabbaṣūso await
  5. فَسَتَعْلَمُونَfasataʿlamūnaThen you will know
  6. مَنْmanwho
  7. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
  8. ٱلصِّرَٰطِl-ṣirāṭi(of) the way
  9. ٱلسَّوِىِّl-sawiyi[the] even
  10. وَمَنِwamaniand who
  11. ٱهْتَدَىٰih'tadāis guided

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.